SemaDecl.cpp revision 7c24334bedf59bd9af57ee53eb8f6d9f6a50ca9b
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 43#include <algorithm> 44#include <cstring> 45#include <functional> 46using namespace clang; 47using namespace sema; 48 49Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 50 if (OwnedType) { 51 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 52 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 53 } 54 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 56} 57 58/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 59/// return the declaration of that type. 60/// 61/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 62/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 63/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 64/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 65/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 66/// 67/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 68/// and then return NULL. 69ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 70 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 71 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 72 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 73 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 74 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 75 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 76 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 77 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 78 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 79 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 80 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 81 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 82 83 if (!LookupCtx) { 84 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 85 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 86 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 87 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 88 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 89 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 90 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 91 // 92 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 93 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 94 if (!isClassName) 95 return ParsedType(); 96 97 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 98 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 99 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 100 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 101 102 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 103 QualType T = 104 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 105 II, NameLoc); 106 107 return ParsedType::make(T); 108 } 109 110 return ParsedType(); 111 } 112 113 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 114 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 115 return ParsedType(); 116 } 117 118 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 119 // lookup for class-names. 120 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 121 LookupOrdinaryName; 122 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 123 if (LookupCtx) { 124 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 125 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 126 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 127 // nested-name-specifier. 128 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 129 130 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 131 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 132 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 133 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 134 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 135 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 136 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 137 LookupName(Result, S); 138 } 139 } else { 140 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 141 LookupName(Result, S); 142 } 143 144 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 145 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 146 case LookupResult::NotFound: 147 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 148 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 149 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 150 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 151 return ParsedType(); 152 153 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 154 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 155 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 156 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 157 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 158 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 159 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 160 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 161 return ParsedType(); 162 } 163 164 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 165 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 166 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 167 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 168 if (!IIDecl || 169 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 170 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 171 IIDecl = *Res; 172 } 173 } 174 175 if (!IIDecl) { 176 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 177 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 178 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 179 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 180 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 181 // a type name. 182 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 183 return ParsedType(); 184 } 185 186 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 187 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 188 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 189 // perform the name lookup again. 190 break; 191 192 case LookupResult::Found: 193 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 194 break; 195 } 196 197 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 198 199 QualType T; 200 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 201 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 202 203 if (T.isNull()) 204 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 205 206 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 207 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 208 // Construct a type with type-source information. 209 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 210 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 211 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 214 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 215 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 216 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 217 } else { 218 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 219 } 220 } 221 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 222 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 223 if (!HasTrailingDot) 224 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 225 } 226 227 if (T.isNull()) { 228 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 229 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 230 return ParsedType(); 231 } 232 return ParsedType::make(T); 233} 234 235/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 236/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 237/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 238/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 239/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 240DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 241 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 242 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 243 LookupName(R, S, false); 244 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 245 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 246 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 247 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 248 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 249 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 250 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 251 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 252 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 253 } 254 } 255 256 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 257} 258 259/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 260/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 261/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 262/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 263/// @code 264/// template<class T> class A { 265/// public: 266/// typedef int TYPE; 267/// }; 268/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 269/// public: 270/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 271/// }; 272/// @endcode 273bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 274 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 275 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 276 277 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 278 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 279 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 280 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 281 return true; 282 } 283 return false; 284} 285 286bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 287 SourceLocation IILoc, 288 Scope *S, 289 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 290 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 291 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 292 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 293 294 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 295 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 296 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 297 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 298 false, CTC_Type)) { 299 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 300 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 301 302 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 303 // We corrected to a keyword. 304 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 305 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 306 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 307 return true; 308 } else { 309 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 310 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 311 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 312 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 313 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 314 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 315 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 316 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 317 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 318 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 319 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 320 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 321 else 322 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 323 324 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 325 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 326 327 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 328 false, false, ParsedType(), 329 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 330 return true; 331 } 332 } 333 } 334 335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 336 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 337 UnqualifiedId Name; 338 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 339 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 340 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 341 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 342 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 343 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 344 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 345 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 346 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 347 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 348 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 349 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 350 } 351 return true; 352 } 353 } 354 355 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 356 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 357 358 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 359 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 360 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 361 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 362 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 363 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 364 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 365 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 366 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 367 368 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 369 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 370 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 371 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 372 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 373 } else { 374 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 375 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 376 } 377 378 return true; 379} 380 381/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 382/// or 383static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 384 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 385 NextToken.is(tok::less); 386 387 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 388 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 389 return true; 390 391 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 392 return true; 393 } 394 395 return false; 396} 397 398Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 399 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 400 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 401 SourceLocation NameLoc, 402 const Token &NextToken) { 403 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 404 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 405 406 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 407 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 408 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 409 410 } 411 412 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 413 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 414 415 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 416 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 417 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 418 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 419 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 420 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 421 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 422 return E; 423 } 424 425 bool SecondTry = false; 426 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 427 428Corrected: 429 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 430 case LookupResult::NotFound: 431 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 432 // call. 433 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 434 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 435 // FIXME: Reference? 436 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 437 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 438 439 // C90 6.3.2.2: 440 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 441 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 442 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 443 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 444 // the function call, the declaration 445 // 446 // extern int identifier (); 447 // 448 // appeared. 449 // 450 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 451 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 452 Result.addDecl(D); 453 Result.resolveKind(); 454 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 455 } 456 } 457 458 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 459 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 460 // "struct", or "union". 461 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 462 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 463 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 464 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 465 const char *TagName = 0; 466 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 467 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 468 case TTK_Class: 469 TagName = "class"; 470 FixItTagName = "class "; 471 break; 472 473 case TTK_Enum: 474 TagName = "enum"; 475 FixItTagName = "enum "; 476 break; 477 478 case TTK_Struct: 479 TagName = "struct"; 480 FixItTagName = "struct "; 481 break; 482 483 case TTK_Union: 484 TagName = "union"; 485 FixItTagName = "union "; 486 break; 487 } 488 489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 490 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 491 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 492 break; 493 } 494 495 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 496 } 497 498 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 499 // close to this name. 500 if (!SecondTry) { 501 SecondTry = true; 502 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 503 Result.getLookupKind(), S, &SS)) { 504 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 505 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 506 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 507 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 508 509 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 510 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 511 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 512 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 513 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 514 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 515 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 516 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 517 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 518 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 519 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 520 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 521 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 522 } 523 524 if (SS.isEmpty()) 525 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 526 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 527 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 528 else 529 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 530 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 531 << SS.getRange() 532 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 533 534 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 535 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 536 537 // Also update the LookupResult... 538 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 539 Result.clear(); 540 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 541 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 542 543 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 544 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 545 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 546 547 if (FirstDecl) 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 724} 725 726void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 727 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 728 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 729 CurContext = DC; 730 S->setEntity(DC); 731} 732 733void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 734 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 735 736 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 737 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 738} 739 740/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 741/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 742/// 743void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 744 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 745 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 746 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 747 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 748 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 749 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 750 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 751 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 752 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 753 // namespace. 754 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 755 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 756 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 757 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 758 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 759 760 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 761 762#ifndef NDEBUG 763 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 764 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 765 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 766#endif 767 768 CurContext = DC; 769 S->setEntity(DC); 770} 771 772void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 773 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 774 775 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 776 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 777 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 778 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 779 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 780 781 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 782 // disappear. 783} 784 785 786void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 787 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 788 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 789 // We assume that the caller has already called 790 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 791 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 792 } 793 if (!FD) 794 return; 795 796 PushDeclContext(S, FD); 797 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 798 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 799 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 800 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 801 S->AddDecl(Param); 802 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 803 } 804 } 805} 806 807 808/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 809/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 810/// 811/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 812/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 813/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 814/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 815/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 816/// attribute. 817static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 818 ASTContext &Context) { 819 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 820 return true; 821 822 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 823 return true; 824 825 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 826 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 827} 828 829/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 830void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 831 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 832 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 833 // scope. 834 while (S->getEntity() && 835 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 836 S = S->getParent(); 837 838 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 839 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 840 // into any context. 841 if (AddToContext) 842 CurContext->addDecl(D); 843 844 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 845 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 846 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 847 D->isOutOfLine()) 848 return; 849 850 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 851 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 852 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 853 return; 854 855 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 856 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 857 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 858 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 859 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 860 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 861 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 862 863 // Should only need to replace one decl. 864 break; 865 } 866 } 867 868 S->AddDecl(D); 869 870 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 871 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 872 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 873 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 874 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 875 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 876 if (IDC == CurContext) { 877 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 878 continue; 879 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 880 break; 881 } 882 883 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 884 } else { 885 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 886 } 887} 888 889bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 890 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 891 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 892 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 893} 894 895Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 896 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 897 do { 898 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 899 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 900 return S; 901 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 902 903 return 0; 904} 905 906static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 907 DeclContext*, 908 ASTContext&); 909 910/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 911/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 912void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 913 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 914 bool ConsiderLinkage, 915 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 916 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 917 while (F.hasNext()) { 918 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 919 920 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 921 continue; 922 923 if (ConsiderLinkage && 924 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 925 continue; 926 927 F.erase(); 928 } 929 930 F.done(); 931} 932 933static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 934 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 935 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 936 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 937} 938 939/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 940static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 941 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 942 while (F.hasNext()) 943 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 944 F.erase(); 945 946 F.done(); 947} 948 949/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 950/// @code 951/// class S { 952/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 953/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 954/// }; 955/// @endcode 956static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 957 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 958 // the decl here. 959 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 963 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 964 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 965 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 966 return false; 967} 968 969bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 970 assert(D); 971 972 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 973 return false; 974 975 // Ignore class templates. 976 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 977 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 978 return false; 979 980 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 981 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 982 return false; 983 984 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 985 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 986 return false; 987 } else { 988 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 989 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 990 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 991 return false; 992 } 993 994 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 995 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 996 return false; 997 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 998 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 999 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1000 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1001 return false; 1002 1003 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1004 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1005 return false; 1006 1007 } else { 1008 return false; 1009 } 1010 1011 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1012 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1013 return false; 1014 1015 return true; 1016} 1017 1018void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1019 if (!D) 1020 return; 1021 1022 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1023 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1024 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1025 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1026 } 1027 1028 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1029 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1030 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1031 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1032 } 1033 1034 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1035 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1036 } 1037 1038static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1039 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1040 return false; 1041 1042 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1043 return false; 1044 1045 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1046 return true; 1047 1048 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1049 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1050 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1051 return false; 1052 1053 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1054 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1055 1056 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1057 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1058 1059 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1060 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1061 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 1065 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1066 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1067 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1068 return false; 1069 1070 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1071 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1072 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1073 return false; 1074 1075 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1076 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1077 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1078 // has no side effects. 1079 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1080 return false; 1081 } 1082 } 1083 1084 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1085 } 1086 1087 return true; 1088} 1089 1090static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1091 FixItHint &Hint) { 1092 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1093 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1094 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1095 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1096 return; 1097 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1098 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1099 } 1100 return; 1101} 1102 1103/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1104/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1105void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1106 FixItHint Hint; 1107 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1108 return; 1109 1110 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1111 1112 unsigned DiagID; 1113 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1114 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1115 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1116 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1117 else 1118 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1119 1120 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1121} 1122 1123static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1124 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1125 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1126 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1127 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1128 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1129} 1130 1131void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1132 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1133 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1134 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1135 1136 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1137 I != E; ++I) { 1138 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1139 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1140 1141 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1142 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1143 1144 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1145 1146 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1147 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1148 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1149 1150 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1151 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1152 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1153 1154 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1155 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1156 } 1157} 1158 1159/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1160/// 1161/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1162/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1163/// to the fixed name. 1164/// 1165/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1166/// 1167/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1168/// if there is no class with the given name. 1169/// 1170/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1171/// class could not be found. 1172ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1173 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1174 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1175 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1176 // creation from this context. 1177 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1178 1179 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1180 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1181 // find an Objective-C class name. 1182 TypoCorrection C; 1183 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1184 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1185 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1186 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1187 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1188 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1189 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1190 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1191 1192 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1193 } 1194 } 1195 1196 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1197} 1198 1199/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1200/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1201/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1202/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1203/// ill-formed in C++: 1204/// @code 1205/// struct S6 { 1206/// enum { BAR } e; 1207/// }; 1208/// 1209/// void test_S6() { 1210/// struct S6 a; 1211/// a.e = BAR; 1212/// } 1213/// @endcode 1214/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1215/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1216/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1217/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1218/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1219/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1220/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1221/// contain non-field names. 1222Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1223 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1224 (S->getEntity() && 1225 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1226 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1227 S = S->getParent(); 1228 return S; 1229} 1230 1231/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1232/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1233/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1234/// built-in. 1235NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1236 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1237 SourceLocation Loc) { 1238 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1239 1240 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1241 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1242 switch (Error) { 1243 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1244 // Okay 1245 break; 1246 1247 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1248 if (ForRedeclaration) 1249 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1250 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1251 return 0; 1252 1253 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1254 if (ForRedeclaration) 1255 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1256 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1257 return 0; 1258 } 1259 1260 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1261 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1262 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1263 << R; 1264 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1265 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1266 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1267 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1268 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1269 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1270 } 1271 1272 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1273 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1274 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1275 SC_Extern, 1276 SC_None, false, 1277 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1278 New->setImplicit(); 1279 1280 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1281 // FunctionDecl. 1282 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1283 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1284 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1285 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1286 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1287 SourceLocation(), 0, 1288 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1289 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1290 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1291 Params.push_back(parm); 1292 } 1293 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1294 } 1295 1296 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1297 1298 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1299 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1300 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1301 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1302 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1303 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1304 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1305 CurContext = SavedContext; 1306 return New; 1307} 1308 1309/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1310/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1311/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1312/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1313/// 1314void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1315 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1316 // merging checks. 1317 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1318 1319 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1320 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1321 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1322 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1323 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1324 default: break; 1325 case 2: 1326 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1327 break; 1328 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1329 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1330 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1331 return; 1332 case 5: 1333 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1334 break; 1335 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1336 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1337 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1338 return; 1339 case 3: 1340 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1341 break; 1342 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1343 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1344 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1345 return; 1346 } 1347 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1348 } 1349 1350 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1351 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1352 if (!Old) { 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1354 << New->getDeclName(); 1355 1356 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1357 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1358 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1359 1360 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1361 } 1362 1363 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1364 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1365 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1366 1367 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1368 QualType OldType; 1369 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1370 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1371 else 1372 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1373 1374 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1375 // with any extensions enabled. 1376 1377 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1378 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1379 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1380 int Kind = 0; 1381 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1382 Kind = 1; 1383 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1384 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1385 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1386 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1387 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1388 } 1389 1390 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1391 // declaration was a typedef. 1392 // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type 1393 // spellings don't match exactly. 1394 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1395 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1396 1397 // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations. 1398 if (Old->isModulePrivate()) 1399 New->setModulePrivate(); 1400 else if (New->isModulePrivate()) 1401 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old); 1402 1403 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1404 return; 1405 1406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1407 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1408 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1409 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1410 // to the type to which it already refers. 1411 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1412 return; 1413 1414 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1415 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1416 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1417 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1418 // 1419 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1420 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1421 // 1422 // struct S { 1423 // typedef struct A { } A; 1424 // }; 1425 // 1426 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1427 // allow the above but disallow 1428 // 1429 // struct S { 1430 // typedef int I; 1431 // typedef int I; 1432 // }; 1433 // 1434 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1435 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1436 return; 1437 1438 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1439 << New->getDeclName(); 1440 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1441 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1442 } 1443 1444 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1445 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1446 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1447 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1448 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1449 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1450 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1451 return; 1452 1453 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1454 << New->getDeclName(); 1455 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1456 return; 1457} 1458 1459/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1460/// attribute. 1461static bool 1462DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1463 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1464 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1465 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1466 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1467 if (Ann) { 1468 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1469 return true; 1470 continue; 1471 } 1472 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1473 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1474 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1475 return true; 1476 } 1477 1478 return false; 1479} 1480 1481/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1482static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1483 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) { 1484 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1485 return; 1486 1487 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1488 1489 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1490 // we process them. 1491 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1492 1493 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1494 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1495 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1496 // Ignore deprecated and unavailable attributes if requested. 1497 if (!mergeDeprecation && 1498 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i))) 1499 continue; 1500 1501 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1502 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1503 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1504 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1505 foundAny = true; 1506 } 1507 } 1508 1509 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1510} 1511 1512/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1513/// to the new one. 1514static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1515 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1516 ASTContext &C) { 1517 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1518 return; 1519 1520 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1521 1522 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1523 // done before we process them. 1524 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1525 1526 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1527 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1528 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1529 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1530 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1531 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1532 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1533 foundAny = true; 1534 } 1535 } 1536 1537 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1538} 1539 1540namespace { 1541 1542/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1543/// C. 1544struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1545 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1546 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1547 QualType PromotedType; 1548}; 1549 1550} 1551 1552/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1553Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1554 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1555 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1556 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1557 1558 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1559 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1560 1561 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1562 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1563 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1564 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1565 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1566 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1567 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1568 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1569 } 1570 1571 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1572} 1573 1574/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1575/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1576/// GNU89 mode. 1577static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1578 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1579 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1580 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1581 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1582 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1583} 1584 1585/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1586/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1587/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1588/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1589/// 1590/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1591/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1592/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1593/// merged with. 1594/// 1595/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1596bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1597 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1598 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1599 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1600 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1601 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1602 else 1603 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1604 if (!Old) { 1605 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1607 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1608 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1609 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1610 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1611 return true; 1612 } 1613 1614 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1615 << New->getDeclName(); 1616 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1617 return true; 1618 } 1619 1620 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1621 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1622 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1623 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1624 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1625 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1626 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1627 else 1628 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1629 1630 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1631 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1632 1633 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1634 // is an extern inline function. 1635 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1636 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1637 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1638 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1639 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1641 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1642 } else { 1643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1644 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1645 return true; 1646 } 1647 } 1648 1649 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1650 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1651 // calling convention of the first. 1652 // 1653 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1654 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1655 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1656 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1657 // because it is the default calling convention. 1658 // 1659 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1660 // other tests to run. 1661 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1662 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1663 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1664 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1665 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1666 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1667 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1668 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1669 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1670 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1671 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1672 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1674 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1675 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1676 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1677 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1678 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1679 return true; 1680 } 1681 1682 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1683 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1684 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1685 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1686 } 1687 1688 // Merge regparm attribute. 1689 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1690 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1691 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1693 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1694 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1695 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1696 return true; 1697 } 1698 1699 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1700 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1701 } 1702 1703 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1704 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1705 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1706 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1707 } 1708 1709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1710 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1711 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1712 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1713 // cannot be overloaded. 1714 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1715 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1716 QualType ResQT; 1717 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1718 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1719 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1720 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1721 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1722 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1723 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1724 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1725 else 1726 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1727 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1728 return true; 1729 } 1730 else 1731 NewQType = ResQT; 1732 } 1733 1734 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1735 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1736 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1737 // Preserve triviality. 1738 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1739 1740 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1741 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1742 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1743 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1744 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1745 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1746 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1747 1748 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1749 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1750 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1751 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1752 // is a static member function declaration. 1753 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1754 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1755 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1756 return true; 1757 } 1758 1759 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1760 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1761 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1762 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1763 unsigned NewDiag; 1764 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1765 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1766 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1767 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1768 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1769 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1770 else 1771 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1772 1773 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1774 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1775 1776 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1777 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1778 // 1779 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1780 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1781 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1782 if (isFriend) { 1783 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1784 } else { 1785 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1786 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1787 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1788 return true; 1789 } 1790 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1791 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1792 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1793 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1794 return true; 1795 } 1796 } 1797 1798 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1799 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1800 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1801 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1802 1803 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1804 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1805 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1806 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1807 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1808 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1809 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1810 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1811 } 1812 1813 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1814 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1815 1816 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1817 } 1818 1819 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1820 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1821 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1822 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1823 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1824 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1825 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1826 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1827 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1828 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1829 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1830 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1831 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1832 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1833 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1834 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1835 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1836 New->setType(NewQType); 1837 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1838 1839 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1840 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1841 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1842 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1843 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1844 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1845 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1846 SourceLocation(), 1847 SourceLocation(), 0, 1848 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1849 SC_None, SC_None, 1850 0); 1851 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1852 Param->setImplicit(); 1853 Params.push_back(Param); 1854 } 1855 1856 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1857 } 1858 1859 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1860 } 1861 1862 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1863 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1864 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1865 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1866 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1867 // the prototype. 1868 // 1869 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1870 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1871 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1872 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1873 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1874 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1875 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1876 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1877 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1878 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1879 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1880 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1881 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1882 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1883 1884 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1885 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1886 NewProto->getResultType()); 1887 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1888 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1889 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1890 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1891 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1892 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1893 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1894 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1895 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1896 NewParm->getType(), 1897 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1898 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1899 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1900 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1901 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1902 } else 1903 LooseCompatible = false; 1904 } 1905 1906 if (LooseCompatible) { 1907 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1908 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1909 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1910 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1911 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1912 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1913 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1914 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1915 } 1916 1917 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1918 ArgTypes.size(), 1919 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1920 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1921 } 1922 1923 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1924 } 1925 1926 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1927 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1928 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1929 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1930 // signature. 1931 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1932 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1933 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1934 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1935 // library built-in. 1936 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1937 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1938 << Old << Old->getType(); 1939 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1940 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1941 return false; 1942 } 1943 1944 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1945 } 1946 1947 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1948 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1949 return true; 1950} 1951 1952/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1953/// known to be compatible. 1954/// 1955/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1956/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1957/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1958/// redeclaration of Old. 1959/// 1960/// \returns false 1961bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1962 // Merge the attributes 1963 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1964 1965 // Merge the storage class. 1966 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1967 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1968 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1969 1970 // Merge "pure" flag. 1971 if (Old->isPure()) 1972 New->setPure(); 1973 1974 // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations. 1975 if (Old->isModulePrivate()) 1976 New->setModulePrivate(); 1977 else if (New->isModulePrivate()) 1978 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old); 1979 1980 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1981 // declarations. 1982 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1983 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1984 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1985 Context); 1986 1987 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1988 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1989 1990 return false; 1991} 1992 1993 1994void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1995 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1996 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 1997 // except from interface to implementation. 1998 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 1999 2000 // Merge the attributes. 2001 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation); 2002 2003 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2004 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2005 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2006 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2007 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2008 2009 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2010} 2011 2012/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2013/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2014/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2015/// 2016/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2017/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 2018/// check them before the initializer is attached. 2019/// 2020void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2021 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2022 return; 2023 2024 QualType MergedT; 2025 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2026 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2027 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2028 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2029 return; 2030 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2031 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2032 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2033 } 2034 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2035 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2036 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2037 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2038 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2039 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2040 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2041 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2042 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2043 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2044 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2045 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2046 MergedT = New->getType(); 2047 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2048 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2049 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2050 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2051 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2052 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2053 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2054 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2055 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2056 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2057 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2058 Old->getType()); 2059 } 2060 } else { 2061 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2062 } 2063 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2064 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2065 << New->getDeclName(); 2066 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2067 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2068 } 2069 New->setType(MergedT); 2070} 2071 2072/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2073/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2074/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2075/// 2076/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2077/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2078/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2079/// 2080void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2081 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2082 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2083 return; 2084 2085 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2086 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2087 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2088 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2089 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2090 << New->getDeclName(); 2091 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2092 diag::note_previous_definition); 2093 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2094 } 2095 2096 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2097 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2098 // 2099 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2100 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2102 << New->getIdentifier(); 2103 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2104 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2105 } 2106 2107 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2108 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent declaration 2109 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2110 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2111 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2112 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2113 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2114 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2115 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2116 } 2117 2118 // Merge the types. 2119 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2120 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2121 return; 2122 2123 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2124 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2125 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2128 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2129 } 2130 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2131 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2132 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2133 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2134 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2135 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2136 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2137 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2138 // identifier has external linkage. 2139 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2140 /* Okay */; 2141 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2142 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2143 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2149 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2150 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2151 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2152 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2153 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2154 } 2155 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2156 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2157 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2158 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2159 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2160 } 2161 2162 // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations. 2163 if (Old->isModulePrivate()) 2164 New->setModulePrivate(); 2165 else if (New->isModulePrivate()) 2166 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old); 2167 2168 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2169 2170 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2171 // need to check for mismatches. 2172 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2173 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2174 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2175 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2176 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2178 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2179 } 2180 2181 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2182 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2183 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2184 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2185 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2186 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2187 } 2188 2189 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2190 const VarDecl *Def; 2191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2192 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2193 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2194 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2195 << New->getDeclName(); 2196 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2197 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2198 return; 2199 } 2200 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2201 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2202 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2203 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2204 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2205 // specified at the prior declaration. 2206 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2207 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2208 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2209 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2210 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2211 2212 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2213 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2214 2215 // Inherit access appropriately. 2216 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2217} 2218 2219/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2220/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2221Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2222 DeclSpec &DS) { 2223 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2224 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2225} 2226 2227/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2228/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2229/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2230Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2231 DeclSpec &DS, 2232 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2233 Decl *TagD = 0; 2234 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2235 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2236 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2237 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2238 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2239 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2240 2241 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2242 return 0; 2243 2244 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2245 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2246 // it's a Type. 2247 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2248 } 2249 2250 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2251 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2252 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2253 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2254 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2255 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2256 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2257 } 2258 2259 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2260 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2261 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2262 if (Tag) 2263 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2264 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2265 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2266 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2267 else 2268 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2269 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2270 return TagD; 2271 } 2272 2273 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2274 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2275 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2276 if (TagD && !Tag) 2277 return 0; 2278 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2279 } 2280 2281 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2282 // declarators. 2283 bool emittedWarning = false; 2284 2285 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2286 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2287 2288 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2289 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2291 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2292 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2293 2294 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2295 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2296 emittedWarning = true; 2297 } 2298 } 2299 2300 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2301 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2302 CurContext->isRecord() && 2303 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2304 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2305 // struct STRUCT; 2306 // and 2307 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2308 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2309 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2310 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2311 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2312 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2313 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2314 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2315 } 2316 } 2317 2318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2319 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2320 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2321 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2322 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2323 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2324 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2325 emittedWarning = true; 2326 } 2327 2328 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2329 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2330 2331 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2332 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2333 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2334 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2335 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2336 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2337 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2338 return Tag; 2339 } 2340 2341 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2342 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2343 emittedWarning = true; 2344 } 2345 2346 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2347 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2348 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2349 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2350 return TagD; 2351 2352 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2353 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2354 // useless. 2355 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2356 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2357 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2358 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2359 2360 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2361 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2362 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2363 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2364 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2365 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2366 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2367 // Restrict is covered above. 2368 } 2369 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2370 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2371 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2372 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2373 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2374 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2375 2376 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2377 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2378 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2379 << Tag->getTagKind() 2380 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2381 2382 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2383 2384 return TagD; 2385} 2386 2387/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2388/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2389StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2390 StmtResult R; 2391 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2392 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2393 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2394 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2395 do 2396 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2397 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2398 } 2399 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2400 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2401 } 2402 } 2403 return R; 2404} 2405 2406/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2407/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2408/// 2409/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2410static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2411 Scope *S, 2412 DeclContext *Owner, 2413 DeclarationName Name, 2414 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2415 unsigned diagnostic) { 2416 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2417 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2418 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2419 2420 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2421 return false; 2422 2423 // Pick a representative declaration. 2424 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2425 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2426 2427 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2428 return false; 2429 2430 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2431 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2432 2433 return true; 2434} 2435 2436/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2437/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2438/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2439/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2440/// struct, e.g., 2441/// 2442/// @code 2443/// union { 2444/// int i; 2445/// float f; 2446/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2447/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2448/// @endcode 2449/// 2450/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2451/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2452static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2453 DeclContext *Owner, 2454 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2455 AccessSpecifier AS, 2456 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2457 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2458 unsigned diagKind 2459 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2460 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2461 2462 bool Invalid = false; 2463 2464 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2465 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2466 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2467 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2468 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2469 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2470 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2471 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2472 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2473 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2474 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2475 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2476 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2477 Invalid = true; 2478 } else { 2479 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2480 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2481 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2482 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2483 // anonymous union is declared. 2484 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2485 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2486 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2487 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2488 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2489 else 2490 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2491 2492 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2493 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2494 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2495 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2496 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2497 2498 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2499 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2500 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2501 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2502 2503 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2504 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2505 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2506 2507 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2508 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2509 2510 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2511 } 2512 } 2513 } 2514 2515 return Invalid; 2516} 2517 2518/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2519/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2520/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2521static StorageClass 2522StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2523 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2524 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2525 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2526 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2527 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2528 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2529 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2530 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2531 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2532 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2533 } 2534 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2535} 2536 2537/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2538/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2539/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2540static StorageClass 2541StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2542 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2543 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2544 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2545 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2546 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2547 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2548 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2549 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2550 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2551 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2552 } 2553 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2554} 2555 2556/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2557/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2558/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2559/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2560Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2561 AccessSpecifier AS, 2562 RecordDecl *Record) { 2563 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2564 2565 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2566 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2567 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2568 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2569 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2570 2571 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2572 // structs/unions. 2573 bool Invalid = false; 2574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2575 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2576 unsigned DiagID; 2577 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2578 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2579 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2580 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2581 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2582 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2583 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2584 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2585 Invalid = true; 2586 2587 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2588 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2589 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2590 } 2591 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2592 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2593 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2594 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2595 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2596 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2597 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2598 Invalid = true; 2599 2600 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2601 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2602 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2603 } 2604 2605 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2606 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2607 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2608 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2609 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2611 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2612 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2613 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2614 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2615 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2616 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2617 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2618 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2619 2620 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2621 } 2622 2623 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2624 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2625 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2626 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2627 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2628 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2629 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2630 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2631 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2632 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2633 // members (clause 11). 2634 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2635 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2636 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2637 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2638 Invalid = true; 2639 } 2640 2641 // C++ [class.union]p1 2642 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2643 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2644 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2645 // array of such objects. 2646 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2647 Invalid = true; 2648 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2649 // Any implicit members are fine. 2650 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2651 // This is a type that showed up in an 2652 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2653 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2654 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2655 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2656 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2657 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2658 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2659 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2660 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2661 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2662 else { 2663 // This is a nested type declaration. 2664 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2665 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2666 Invalid = true; 2667 } 2668 } 2669 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2670 // Any access specifier is fine. 2671 } else { 2672 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2673 // member. Complain about it. 2674 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2675 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2676 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2677 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2678 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2679 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2680 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2681 2682 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2683 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2684 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2685 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2686 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2687 else { 2688 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2689 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2690 Invalid = true; 2691 } 2692 } 2693 } 2694 } 2695 2696 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2697 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2698 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2699 Invalid = true; 2700 } 2701 2702 // Mock up a declarator. 2703 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2704 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2705 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2706 2707 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2708 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2709 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2710 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2711 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2712 Record->getLocation(), 2713 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2714 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2715 TInfo, 2716 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2717 /*HasInit=*/false); 2718 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2719 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2720 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2721 } else { 2722 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2723 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2724 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2725 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2726 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2727 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2728 // an error here 2729 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2730 Invalid = true; 2731 SC = SC_None; 2732 } 2733 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2734 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2735 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2736 2737 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2738 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2739 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2740 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2741 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2742 } 2743 Anon->setImplicit(); 2744 2745 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2746 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2747 // its members. 2748 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2749 2750 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2751 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2752 // purposes. 2753 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2754 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2755 2756 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2757 Chain, false)) 2758 Invalid = true; 2759 2760 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2761 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2762 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2763 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2764 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2765 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2766 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2767 2768 if (Invalid) 2769 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2770 2771 return Anon; 2772} 2773 2774/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2775/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2776/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2777/// Example: 2778/// 2779/// struct A { int a; }; 2780/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2781/// 2782/// void foo() { 2783/// B var; 2784/// var.a = 3; 2785/// } 2786/// 2787Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2788 RecordDecl *Record) { 2789 2790 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2791 if (!Record) 2792 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2793 2794 // Mock up a declarator. 2795 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2796 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2797 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2798 2799 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2800 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2801 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2802 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2803 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2804 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2805 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2806 TInfo, 2807 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2808 /*HasInit=*/false); 2809 Anon->setImplicit(); 2810 2811 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2812 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2813 2814 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2815 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2816 // purposes. 2817 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2818 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2819 2820 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2821 Record->getDefinition(), 2822 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2823 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2824 2825 return Anon; 2826} 2827 2828/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2829/// given Declarator. 2830DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2831 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2832} 2833 2834/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2835DeclarationNameInfo 2836Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2837 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2838 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2839 2840 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2841 2842 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2843 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2844 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2845 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2846 return NameInfo; 2847 2848 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2849 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2850 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2851 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2852 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2853 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2854 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2855 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2856 return NameInfo; 2857 2858 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2859 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2860 Name.Identifier)); 2861 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2862 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2863 return NameInfo; 2864 2865 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2866 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2867 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2868 if (Ty.isNull()) 2869 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2870 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2871 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2872 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2873 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2874 return NameInfo; 2875 } 2876 2877 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2878 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2879 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2880 if (Ty.isNull()) 2881 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2882 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2883 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2884 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2885 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2886 return NameInfo; 2887 } 2888 2889 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2890 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2891 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2892 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2893 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2894 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2895 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2896 2897 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2898 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2899 2900 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2901 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2902 // was qualified. 2903 2904 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2905 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2906 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2907 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2908 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2909 return NameInfo; 2910 } 2911 2912 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2913 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2914 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2915 if (Ty.isNull()) 2916 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2917 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2918 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2919 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2920 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2921 return NameInfo; 2922 } 2923 2924 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2925 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2926 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2927 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2928 } 2929 2930 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2931 2932 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2933 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2934} 2935 2936static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 2937 do { 2938 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 2939 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 2940 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 2941 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 2942 else 2943 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 2944 } while (true); 2945} 2946 2947/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2948/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2949/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2950/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within the class 2951/// or namespace. Also sets Params to the list of indices to the 2952/// parameters that differ between the declaration and the definition. 2953static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2954 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2955 FunctionDecl *Definition, 2956 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 2957 Params.clear(); 2958 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2959 return false; 2960 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2961 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2962 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2963 2964 // The parameter types are identical 2965 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 2966 continue; 2967 2968 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 2969 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 2970 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 2971 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 2972 2973 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 2974 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 2975 Params.push_back(Idx); 2976 else // The two parameters aren't even close 2977 return false; 2978 } 2979 2980 return true; 2981} 2982 2983/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2984/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2985/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2986/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2987/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2988static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2989 DeclarationName Name) { 2990 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2991 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2992 // - types which will become injected class names 2993 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2994 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2995 // few cases here. 2996 2997 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2998 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2999 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3000 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3001 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3002 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 3003 // Grab the type from the parser. 3004 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3005 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3006 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3007 3008 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3009 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3010 // attached already. 3011 if (!TSI) 3012 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3013 3014 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3015 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3016 if (!TSI) return true; 3017 3018 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3019 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3020 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3021 break; 3022 } 3023 3024 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3025 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3026 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3027 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3028 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3029 break; 3030 } 3031 3032 default: 3033 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3034 break; 3035 } 3036 3037 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3038 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3039 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3040 3041 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3042 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3043 // pointer. 3044 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3045 continue; 3046 3047 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3048 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3049 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3050 return true; 3051 } 3052 3053 return false; 3054} 3055 3056Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3057 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 3058 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/false); 3059} 3060 3061/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3062/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3063/// name different from T: 3064/// - every static data member of class T; 3065/// - every member function of class T 3066/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3067/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3068bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3069 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3070 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3071 3072 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3073 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3074 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3075 return true; 3076 } 3077 3078 return false; 3079} 3080 3081Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3082 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3083 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 3084 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3085 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3086 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3087 3088 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3089 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3090 if (!Name) { 3091 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3092 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3093 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3094 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3095 return 0; 3096 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3097 return 0; 3098 3099 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3100 // we find one that is. 3101 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3102 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3103 S = S->getParent(); 3104 3105 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3106 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3107 D.setInvalidType(); 3108 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3109 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3110 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3111 return 0; 3112 3113 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3114 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3115 if (!DC) { 3116 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3117 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3118 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3119 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3120 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3121 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3122 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3123 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3124 return 0; 3125 } 3126 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3127 3128 if (!IsDependentContext && 3129 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3130 return 0; 3131 3132 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3133 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3134 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3135 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3136 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3137 D.setInvalidType(); 3138 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3139 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3140 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3141 // definition: 3142 // 3143 // class X { 3144 // void X::f(); 3145 // }; 3146 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3147 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3148 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3149 else 3150 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3151 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3152 3153 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3154 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3155 } 3156 } 3157 3158 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3159 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3160 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3161 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3162 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3163 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3164 D.setInvalidType(); 3165 } 3166 } 3167 3168 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3169 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3170 // Just return early; it's safer. 3171 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3172 return 0; 3173 3174 NamedDecl *New; 3175 3176 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3177 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3178 3179 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3180 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3181 D.setInvalidType(); 3182 3183 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3184 ForRedeclaration); 3185 3186 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3187 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3188 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3189 3190 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3191 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3192 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3193 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3194 /* Do nothing*/; 3195 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3196 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3197 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3198 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3199 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3200 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3201 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3202 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3203 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3204 3205 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3206 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3207 3208 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3209 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3210 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3211 3212 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3213 // out-of-line members. 3214 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3215 3216 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3217 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3218 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3219 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3220 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3221 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3222 // declarations namespace. 3223 // 3224 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3225 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3226 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3227 // 3228 // class X { 3229 // void f(); 3230 // void f(float); 3231 // }; 3232 // 3233 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3234 // 3235 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3236 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3237 // matches. 3238 3239 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3240 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3241 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3242 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3243 } else { 3244 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3245 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3246 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3247 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3248 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3249 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3250 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3251 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3252 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3253 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3254 else 3255 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3256 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3257 D.setInvalidType(); 3258 } 3259 } 3260 } 3261 3262 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3263 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3264 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3265 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3266 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3267 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3268 D.setInvalidType(); 3269 3270 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3271 Previous.clear(); 3272 } 3273 3274 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3275 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3276 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3277 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3278 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3279 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3280 Previous.clear(); 3281 3282 bool Redeclaration = false; 3283 bool AddToScope = true; 3284 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3285 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3286 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3287 return 0; 3288 } 3289 3290 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3291 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3292 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3293 move(TemplateParamLists), 3294 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration, 3295 AddToScope); 3296 } else { 3297 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3298 move(TemplateParamLists), 3299 Redeclaration); 3300 } 3301 3302 if (New == 0) 3303 return 0; 3304 3305 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3306 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3307 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3308 !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3309 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3310 3311 return New; 3312} 3313 3314/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3315/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3316/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3317static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3318 ASTContext &Context, 3319 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3320 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3321 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3322 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3323 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3324 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3325 SizeIsNegative = false; 3326 Oversized = 0; 3327 3328 if (T->isDependentType()) 3329 return QualType(); 3330 3331 QualifierCollector Qs; 3332 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3333 3334 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3335 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3336 QualType FixedType = 3337 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3338 Oversized); 3339 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3340 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3341 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3342 } 3343 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3344 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3345 QualType FixedType = 3346 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3347 Oversized); 3348 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3349 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3350 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3351 } 3352 3353 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3354 if (!VLATy) 3355 return QualType(); 3356 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3357 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3358 return QualType(); 3359 3360 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3361 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3362 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3363 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3364 return QualType(); 3365 3366 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3367 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3368 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3369 SizeIsNegative = true; 3370 return QualType(); 3371 } 3372 3373 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3374 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3375 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3376 Res); 3377 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3378 Oversized = Res; 3379 return QualType(); 3380 } 3381 3382 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3383 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3384} 3385 3386/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3387/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3388void 3389Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3390 const LookupResult &Previous, 3391 Scope *S) { 3392 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3393 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3394 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3395 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3396 3397 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3398 return; 3399 3400 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3401 3402 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3403 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3404 // declaration. 3405 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3406 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3407 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3408 3409 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3410 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3411 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3412 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3413 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3414 3415 } else { 3416 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3417 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3418 S = S->getParent(); 3419 } 3420 3421 if (S) 3422 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3423 } 3424} 3425 3426llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3427Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3428 if (ExternalSource) { 3429 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3430 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3431 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3432 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3433 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3434 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3435 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3436 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3437 } 3438 } 3439 3440 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3441} 3442 3443/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3444/// does not identify a function. 3445void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3446 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3447 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3448 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3449 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3450 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3451 3452 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3453 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3454 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3455 3456 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3457 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3458 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3459} 3460 3461NamedDecl* 3462Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3463 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3464 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3465 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3466 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3467 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3468 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3469 D.setInvalidType(); 3470 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3471 DC = CurContext; 3472 Previous.clear(); 3473 } 3474 3475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3476 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3477 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3478 } 3479 3480 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3481 3482 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3483 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3484 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3485 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3486 << 1; 3487 3488 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3489 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3490 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3491 return 0; 3492 } 3493 3494 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3495 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3496 3497 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3498 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3499 3500 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3501 3502 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3503} 3504 3505void 3506Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3507 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3508 // then it shall have block scope. 3509 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3510 // that redeclarations will match. 3511 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3512 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3513 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3514 3515 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3516 bool SizeIsNegative; 3517 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3518 QualType FixedTy = 3519 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3520 Oversized); 3521 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3522 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3523 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3524 } else { 3525 if (SizeIsNegative) 3526 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3527 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3528 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3529 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3530 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3531 else 3532 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3533 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3534 } 3535 } 3536 } 3537} 3538 3539 3540/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3541/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3542/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3543NamedDecl* 3544Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3545 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3546 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3547 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3548 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3549 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3550 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3551 Redeclaration = true; 3552 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3553 } 3554 3555 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3556 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3557 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3558 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3559 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3560 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3561 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3562 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3563 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3564 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3565 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3566 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3567 } 3568 3569 return NewTD; 3570} 3571 3572/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3573/// previous declaration. 3574/// 3575/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3576/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3577/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3578/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3579/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3580/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3581/// 3582/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3583/// lookup 3584/// 3585/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3586/// declared. 3587/// 3588/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3589/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3590static bool 3591isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3592 ASTContext &Context) { 3593 if (!PrevDecl) 3594 return false; 3595 3596 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3597 return false; 3598 3599 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3600 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3601 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3602 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3603 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3604 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3605 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3606 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3607 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3608 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3609 return false; 3610 3611 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3612 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3613 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3614 return false; 3615 3616 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3617 // previous declarations. 3618 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3619 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3620 3621 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3622 // isn't the same function. 3623 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3624 return false; 3625 } 3626 3627 return true; 3628} 3629 3630static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3631 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3632 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3633 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3634} 3635 3636bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3637 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3638 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3639 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3640 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3641 unsigned kind = -1U; 3642 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3643 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3644 kind = 0; // __block 3645 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3646 kind = 1; // global 3647 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3648 kind = 3; // ivar 3649 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3650 kind = 2; // field 3651 } 3652 3653 if (kind != -1U) { 3654 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3655 << kind; 3656 } 3657 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3658 // Try to infer lifetime. 3659 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3660 return false; 3661 3662 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3663 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3664 decl->setType(type); 3665 } 3666 3667 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3668 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3669 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3670 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3671 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3672 << var->getType(); 3673 return true; 3674 } 3675 } 3676 3677 return false; 3678} 3679 3680NamedDecl* 3681Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3682 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3683 LookupResult &Previous, 3684 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3685 bool &Redeclaration) { 3686 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3687 3688 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3689 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3690 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3691 3692 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3693 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3694 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3695 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3696 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3697 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3698 // an error here 3699 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3700 D.setInvalidType(); 3701 SC = SC_None; 3702 } 3703 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3704 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3705 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3706 3707 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3708 if (!II) { 3709 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3710 << Name.getAsString(); 3711 return 0; 3712 } 3713 3714 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3715 3716 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3717 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3718 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3719 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3720 3721 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3722 // is a GNU extension. 3723 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3724 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3725 else 3726 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3727 D.setInvalidType(); 3728 } 3729 } 3730 3731 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3732 VarDecl *NewVD; 3733 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3734 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3735 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3736 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3737 3738 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3739 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3740 } else { 3741 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3742 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3743 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3744 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3745 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3746 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3747 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3748 SC = SC_Static; 3749 } 3750 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3752 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3753 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3754 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3755 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3756 3757 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3758 // the program is ill-formed. 3759 // 3760 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3761 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3762 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3763 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3764 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3765 } 3766 } 3767 3768 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3769 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3770 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3771 bool Invalid = false; 3772 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3773 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3774 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3775 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3776 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3777 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3778 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3779 /*never a friend*/ false, 3780 isExplicitSpecialization, 3781 Invalid)) { 3782 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3783 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3784 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3785 << II 3786 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3787 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3788 return 0; 3789 } else { 3790 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3791 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3792 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3793 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3794 << II 3795 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3796 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3797 } 3798 } 3799 3800 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3801 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3802 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3803 3804 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3805 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3806 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3807 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3808 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3809 3810 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3811 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3812 3813 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3814 3815 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3816 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3817 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3818 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3819 } 3820 3821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 3822 // FIXME: check this is a valid use of constexpr. 3823 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 3824 } 3825 } 3826 3827 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3828 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3829 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3830 3831 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3832 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3833 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3834 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 3835 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3836 else 3837 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3838 } 3839 3840 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 3841 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 3842 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 3843 << 2 3844 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3845 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3846 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 3847 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 3848 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 3849 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3850 else 3851 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 3852 } 3853 3854 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3855 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3856 3857 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3858 // retainable type. 3859 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3860 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3861 3862 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3863 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3864 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3865 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3866 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3867 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3868 switch (SC) { 3869 case SC_None: 3870 case SC_Auto: 3871 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3872 break; 3873 case SC_Register: 3874 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3875 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3876 break; 3877 case SC_Static: 3878 case SC_Extern: 3879 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3880 break; 3881 } 3882 } 3883 3884 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3885 Context, Label)); 3886 } 3887 3888 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3889 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3890 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3891 3892 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3893 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3894 // declaration has linkage). 3895 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3896 isExplicitSpecialization); 3897 3898 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3899 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3900 else { 3901 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3902 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3903 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3904 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3905 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3906 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3907 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3908 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3909 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3910 Previous.clear(); 3911 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3912 } 3913 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3914 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3916 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3917 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3918 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3919 } 3920 3921 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3922 3923 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3924 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3925 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3926 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3927 } 3928 3929 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3930 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3931 // here. 3932 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3933 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3934 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3935 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3936 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3937 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3938 } 3939 } 3940 3941 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3942 // such variables. 3943 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3944 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3945 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3946 3947 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3948 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3949 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3950 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3951 3952 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3953 3954 return NewVD; 3955} 3956 3957/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3958/// -Wshadow. 3959/// 3960/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3961/// scope. 3962/// 3963/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3964/// \param R the lookup of the name 3965/// 3966void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3967 // Return if warning is ignored. 3968 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3969 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3970 return; 3971 3972 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3973 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3974 return; 3975 3976 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3977 3978 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3979 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3980 return; 3981 3982 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3983 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3984 return; 3985 3986 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3987 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3988 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3989 if (MD->isStatic()) 3990 return; 3991 3992 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3993 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3994 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3995 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3996 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3997 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3998 I != E; ++I) 3999 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4000 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4001 break; 4002 } 4003 } 4004 4005 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4006 4007 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4008 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4009 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4010 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4011 return; 4012 4013 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4014 // static data members from base classes? 4015 4016 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4017 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4018 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4019 } 4020 4021 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4022 unsigned Kind; 4023 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4024 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4025 Kind = 3; // field 4026 else 4027 Kind = 2; // static data member 4028 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4029 Kind = 1; // global 4030 else 4031 Kind = 0; // local 4032 4033 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4034 4035 // Emit warning and note. 4036 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4037 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4038} 4039 4040/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4041void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4042 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4043 Diagnostic::Ignored) 4044 return; 4045 4046 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4047 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4048 LookupName(R, S); 4049 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4050} 4051 4052/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4053/// declaration. 4054/// 4055/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4056/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4057/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4058/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4059/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4060/// 4061/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4062void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4063 LookupResult &Previous, 4064 bool &Redeclaration) { 4065 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4066 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4067 return; 4068 4069 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4070 4071 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4073 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4074 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4075 NewVD->setType(T); 4076 } 4077 4078 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4079 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4080 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4081 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4082 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4083 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4084 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4085 } 4086 4087 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4088 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4089 if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4091 else 4092 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4093 } 4094 4095 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4096 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4097 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4098 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4099 4100 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4101 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4102 bool SizeIsNegative; 4103 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4104 QualType FixedTy = 4105 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4106 Oversized); 4107 4108 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4109 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4110 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4111 // int a[10][n]; 4112 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4113 4114 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4115 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4116 << SizeRange; 4117 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4118 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4119 << SizeRange; 4120 else 4121 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4122 << SizeRange; 4123 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4124 } 4125 4126 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4127 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4129 else 4130 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4131 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4132 } 4133 4134 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4135 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4136 } 4137 4138 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4139 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4140 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4141 // declaration with the same name. 4142 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4143 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4144 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4145 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4146 } 4147 4148 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4149 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4150 << T; 4151 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4152 } 4153 4154 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4155 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4156 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4157 } 4158 4159 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4160 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4161 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4162 } 4163 4164 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4165 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4166 QualType Pointee; 4167 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4168 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4169 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4170 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4171 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4172 PtrOrRef = 1; 4173 } 4174 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4175 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4176 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4177 << PtrOrRef; 4178 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4179 } 4180 4181 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4182 Redeclaration = true; 4183 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4184 } 4185} 4186 4187/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4188struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4189 Sema *S; 4190 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4191}; 4192 4193/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4194/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4195/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4196static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4197 CXXBasePath &Path, 4198 void *UserData) { 4199 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4200 4201 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4202 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4203 4204 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4205 4206 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4207 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4208 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4209 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4210 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4211 4212 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4213 } 4214 4215 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4216 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4217 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4218 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4219 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4220 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4221 return true; 4222 } 4223 } 4224 4225 return false; 4226} 4227 4228/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4229/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4230bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4231 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4232 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4233 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4234 Data.Method = MD; 4235 Data.S = this; 4236 bool AddedAny = false; 4237 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4238 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4239 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4240 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4241 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4242 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4243 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4244 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4245 AddedAny = true; 4246 } 4247 } 4248 } 4249 } 4250 4251 return AddedAny; 4252} 4253 4254static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4255 bool isFriendDecl) { 4256 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4257 DeclContext *DC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4258 LookupResult Prev(S, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4259 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4260 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4261 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4262 TypoCorrection Correction; 4263 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4264 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4265 4266 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4267 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC); 4268 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4269 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4270 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4271 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4272 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4273 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4274 if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD, 4275 MismatchedParams)) { 4276 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4277 // involve a parameter 4278 unsigned ParamNum = 4279 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4280 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4281 } 4282 } 4283 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4284 } else if ((Correction = S.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4285 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, DC)) && 4286 Correction.getCorrection() != Name) { 4287 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4288 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4289 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4290 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4291 if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD, 4292 MismatchedParams)) { 4293 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4294 // involve a parameter 4295 unsigned ParamNum = 4296 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4297 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4298 } 4299 } 4300 if (!NearMatches.empty()) 4301 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4302 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4303 } 4304 4305 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4306 if (Correction && NearMatches.empty()) 4307 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4308 4309 if (Correction) 4310 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4311 << Name << DC << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions()) 4312 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4313 NewFD->getLocation(), Correction.getAsString(S.getLangOptions())); 4314 else 4315 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) << Name << DC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4316 4317 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4318 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4319 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4320 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4321 4322 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4323 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4324 S.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4325 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4326 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4327 } else if (Correction) { 4328 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4329 << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions()); 4330 } else 4331 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4332 } 4333} 4334 4335NamedDecl* 4336Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4337 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4338 LookupResult &Previous, 4339 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4340 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration, 4341 bool &AddToScope) { 4342 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4343 4344 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4345 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4346 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4347 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4348 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4349 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4350 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4351 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4352 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4353 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4354 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4355 D.setInvalidType(); 4356 break; 4357 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4358 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4359 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4360 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4361 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4362 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4363 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4364 // other than extern 4365 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4367 diag::err_static_block_func); 4368 SC = SC_None; 4369 } else 4370 SC = SC_Static; 4371 break; 4372 } 4373 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4374 } 4375 4376 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4377 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4378 4379 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4380 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4381 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4382 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4383 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4384 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4385 4386 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4387 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4388 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4389 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4390 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4391 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4392 } 4393 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4394 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4395 } 4396 4397 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4398 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4399 bool isFriend = false; 4400 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4401 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4402 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4403 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4404 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4405 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4406 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4407 4408 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4409 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4410 // prototype. This true when: 4411 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4412 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4413 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4414 bool HasPrototype = 4415 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4416 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4417 4418 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4419 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4420 HasPrototype); 4421 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4422 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4423 4424 // Set the lexical context. 4425 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4426 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4427 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4428 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4429 } else { 4430 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4431 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4432 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4433 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4434 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4435 4436 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4437 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4438 // the class has been completely parsed. 4439 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4440 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4441 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4442 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4443 AbstractReturnType)) 4444 D.setInvalidType(); 4445 4446 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4447 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4448 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4449 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4450 4451 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4452 4453 // Create the new declaration 4454 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4455 Context, 4456 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4457 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4458 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4459 isExplicit, isInline, 4460 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4461 isConstexpr); 4462 4463 NewFD = NewCD; 4464 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4465 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4466 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4467 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4468 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4469 4470 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4471 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4472 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4473 isInline, 4474 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4475 NewFD = NewDD; 4476 isVirtualOkay = true; 4477 4478 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4479 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4480 // it yet. 4481 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4482 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4483 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4484 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4485 } 4486 4487 } else { 4488 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4489 4490 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4491 // code path. 4492 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4493 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4494 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4495 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4496 D.setInvalidType(); 4497 } 4498 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4499 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4500 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4501 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4502 return 0; 4503 } 4504 4505 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4506 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4507 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4508 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4509 isInline, isExplicit, isConstexpr, 4510 SourceLocation()); 4511 4512 isVirtualOkay = true; 4513 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4514 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4515 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4516 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4517 // constructor if it has no return type). 4518 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4519 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4520 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4521 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4522 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4523 return 0; 4524 } 4525 4526 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4527 4528 // [class.free]p1: 4529 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4530 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4531 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4532 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4533 isStatic = true; 4534 4535 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4536 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4537 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4538 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4539 isStatic = true; 4540 4541 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4542 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4543 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4544 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4545 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4546 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4547 isConstexpr, 4548 SourceLocation()); 4549 NewFD = NewMD; 4550 4551 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4552 } else { 4553 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4554 // prototype. This true when: 4555 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4556 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4557 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4558 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4559 } 4560 4561 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4562 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4563 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4564 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4565 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4566 } 4567 4568 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4569 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4570 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4571 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4572 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4573 4574 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4575 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4576 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4577 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4578 4579 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4580 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4581 bool Invalid = false; 4582 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4583 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4584 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4585 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4586 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4587 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4588 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4589 isFriend, 4590 isExplicitSpecialization, 4591 Invalid)) { 4592 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4593 // This is a function template 4594 4595 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4596 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4597 return 0; 4598 4599 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4600 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4601 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4602 return 0; 4603 } 4604 4605 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4606 NewFD->getLocation(), 4607 Name, TemplateParams, 4608 NewFD); 4609 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4610 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4611 4612 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4613 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4614 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4615 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4616 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4617 } 4618 } else { 4619 // This is a function template specialization. 4620 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4621 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4622 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4623 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4624 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4625 4626 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4627 if (isFriend) { 4628 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4629 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4630 4631 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4632 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4633 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4634 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4635 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4636 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4637 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4638 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4639 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4640 } 4641 4642 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4643 << Name << RemoveRange 4644 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4645 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4646 } 4647 } 4648 } 4649 else { 4650 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4651 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4652 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4653 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4654 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4655 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4656 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4657 } 4658 4659 if (Invalid) { 4660 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4661 if (FunctionTemplate) 4662 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4663 } 4664 4665 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4666 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4667 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4668 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4669 // 4670 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4671 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4672 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4673 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4674 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4675 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4676 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4677 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4678 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4679 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4680 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4681 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4682 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4683 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4684 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4685 } else { 4686 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4687 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4688 } 4689 } 4690 4691 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4692 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4693 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4694 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4695 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4696 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4697 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4698 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4699 } 4700 } 4701 4702 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4703 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4704 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4705 // and 12.3.2. 4706 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4707 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4708 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4709 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4710 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4711 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4712 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4713 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4714 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4715 // or conversion function. 4716 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4717 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4718 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4719 } 4720 } 4721 4722 if (isConstexpr) { 4723 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 4724 // are implicitly inline. 4725 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4726 4727 // FIXME: If this is a redeclaration, check the original declaration was 4728 // marked constepr. 4729 4730 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 4731 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 4732 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 4733 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 4734 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 4735 diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 4736 } 4737 4738 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 4739 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4740 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4741 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 4742 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 4743 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4744 << 0 4745 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 4746 } else { 4747 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 4748 if (FunctionTemplate) 4749 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 4750 } 4751 } 4752 4753 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4754 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4755 isExplicitSpecialization || 4756 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4757 4758 if (isFriend) { 4759 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4760 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4761 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4762 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4763 } 4764 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4765 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4766 } 4767 4768 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4769 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4770 // definition. 4771 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4772 } 4773 4774 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4775 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4776 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4777 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4778 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4779 // the class. 4780 4781 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4782 // member function definition. 4783 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4784 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4785 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4786 } 4787 } 4788 4789 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4790 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4791 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4792 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4793 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4794 SE->getString())); 4795 } 4796 4797 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4798 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4799 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4800 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4801 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4802 4803 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4804 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4805 // single void argument. 4806 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4807 // already checks for that case. 4808 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4809 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4810 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4811 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4812 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4813 4814 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4815 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4816 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4817 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4818 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4819 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4820 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4821 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4822 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4823 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4824 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4825 << IsTypeAlias; 4826 } 4827 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4828 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4829 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4830 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4831 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4832 Params.push_back(Param); 4833 4834 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4835 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4836 } 4837 } 4838 4839 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4840 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4841 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4842 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4843 // 4844 // @code 4845 // typedef void fn(int); 4846 // fn f; 4847 // @endcode 4848 4849 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4850 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4851 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4852 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4853 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4854 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4855 Params.push_back(Param); 4856 } 4857 } else { 4858 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4859 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4860 } 4861 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4862 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4863 4864 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4865 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4866 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4867 4868 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4869 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4870 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4871 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4872 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4873 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4874 // because all functions have linkage. 4875 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4876 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4877 } else { 4878 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4879 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 4880 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4881 Redeclaration); 4882 } 4883 } 4884 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4885 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4886 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4887 } else { 4888 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4889 // argument list into our AST format. 4890 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4891 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4892 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4893 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4894 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4895 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4896 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4897 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4898 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4899 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4900 TemplateArgs); 4901 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4902 4903 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4904 4905 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4906 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4907 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4908 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4909 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4910 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4911 4912 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4913 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4914 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4915 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4916 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4917 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4918 // too few of them). 4919 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4920 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4921 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4922 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4923 "template<> "); 4924 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4925 } else { 4926 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4927 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4928 } 4929 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4930 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4931 // wrote something like: 4932 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4933 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4934 // friend void foo<>(int); 4935 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4936 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4937 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4938 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4939 } 4940 4941 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4942 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4943 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4944 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4945 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4946 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4947 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4948 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4949 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4950 Previous)) 4951 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4952 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4953 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4954 && !isFriend) { 4955 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 4956 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().Microsoft ? 4957 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 4958 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4959 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4960 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4961 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4962 Previous)) 4963 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4964 4965 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4966 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4967 // specialization (14.7.3) 4968 if (SC != SC_None) { 4969 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4970 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4971 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4972 << SC 4973 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4974 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4975 4976 else 4977 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4978 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4979 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4980 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4981 } 4982 4983 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4984 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4985 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4986 } 4987 4988 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4989 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 4990 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4991 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4992 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4993 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4994 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4995 } else { 4996 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4997 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 4998 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4999 Redeclaration); 5000 } 5001 } 5002 5003 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 5004 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5005 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5006 5007 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5008 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5009 : NewFD); 5010 5011 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 5012 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5013 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5014 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 5015 5016 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5017 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5018 5019 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5020 } 5021 5022 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5023 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5024 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5025 5026 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5027 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5028 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5029 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5030 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5031 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5032 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5033 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 5034 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5035 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5036 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5037 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5038 DC->isDependentContext()) 5039 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5040 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5041 } 5042 5043 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5044 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5045 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 5046 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5047 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5048 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5049 5050 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5051 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5052 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5053 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5054 5055 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5056 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5057 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5058 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5059 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5060 // can actually do this check immediately. 5061 if (isFriend && 5062 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5063 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5064 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5065 // ignore these 5066 } else { 5067 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5068 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5069 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5070 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5071 // 5072 // class X { 5073 // void f() const; 5074 // }; 5075 // 5076 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5077 // 5078 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5079 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5080 // whether the parameter types are references). 5081 5082 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, false); 5083 } 5084 5085 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5086 // to something. 5087 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5088 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, true); 5089 } 5090 5091 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5092 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5093 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5094 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5095 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5096 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5097 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5098 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 5099 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 5100 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5101 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5102 } 5103 } 5104 5105 5106 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5107 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5108 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5109 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5110 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5111 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5112 5113 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5114 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5115 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5116 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5117 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5118 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5119 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5120 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5121 } 5122 } 5123 5124 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5125 5126 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5127 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5128 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5129 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5130 << NewFD; 5131 5132 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5133 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5134 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5135 EPI.Variadic = true; 5136 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5137 5138 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5139 NewFD->setType(R); 5140 } 5141 5142 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5143 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5144 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5145 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5146 5147 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5148 // map of such names. 5149 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5150 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5151 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5152 5153 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5154 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5155 5156 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5157 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5158 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5159 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5160 return FunctionTemplate; 5161 } 5162 } 5163 5164 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5165 5166 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5167 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5168 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5169 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5170 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5171 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5172 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5173 5174 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5175 } 5176 } 5177 5178 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5179 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5180 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5181 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5182 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5183 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5184 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5185 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5186 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5187 AddToScope = false; 5188 } 5189 5190 return NewFD; 5191} 5192 5193/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5194/// 5195/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5196/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5197/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5198/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5199/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5200/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5201/// via InstantiateDecl). 5202/// 5203/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5204/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5205/// 5206/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5207void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5208 LookupResult &Previous, 5209 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 5210 bool &Redeclaration) { 5211 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5212 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5213 5214 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5215 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5216 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5217 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5218 // declaration with the same name. 5219 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5220 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5221 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5222 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5223 } 5224 5225 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5226 // the same name, if appropriate. 5227 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5228 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5229 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5230 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5231 // function to the scope. 5232 5233 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5234 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5235 Redeclaration = true; 5236 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5237 } else { 5238 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5239 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5240 case Ovl_Match: 5241 Redeclaration = true; 5242 break; 5243 5244 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5245 Redeclaration = true; 5246 break; 5247 5248 case Ovl_Overload: 5249 Redeclaration = false; 5250 break; 5251 } 5252 5253 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5254 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5255 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5256 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5257 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5258 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5259 if (Redeclaration) 5260 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5261 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5262 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5263 if (OverloadedDecl) 5264 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5265 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5266 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5267 Context)); 5268 } 5269 } 5270 5271 if (Redeclaration) { 5272 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5273 // merged. 5274 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 5275 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5276 5277 Previous.clear(); 5278 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5279 5280 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5281 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5282 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5283 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5284 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5285 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5286 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5287 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5288 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5289 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5290 } 5291 5292 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5293 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5294 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5295 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5296 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5297 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5298 } 5299 5300 if (OldTemplateDecl->isModulePrivate()) 5301 NewTemplateDecl->setModulePrivate(); 5302 5303 } else { 5304 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5305 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5306 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5307 } 5308 } 5309 } 5310 5311 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5312 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5313 // C++-specific checks. 5314 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5315 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5316 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5317 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5318 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5319 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5320 5321 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5322 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5323 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5324 DeclarationName Name 5325 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5326 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5327 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5328 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5329 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5330 } 5331 } 5332 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5333 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5334 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5335 } 5336 5337 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5338 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5339 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5340 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5341 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5342 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5343 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5344 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5345 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5346 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5347 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5348 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5349 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5350 ++Overridden) { 5351 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5352 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5353 } 5354 } 5355 } 5356 } 5357 } 5358 5359 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5360 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5361 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5362 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5363 5364 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5365 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5366 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5367 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5368 5369 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5370 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5371 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5372 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5373 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5374 5375 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5376 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5377 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5378 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5379 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5380 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5381 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5382 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5383 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5384 } 5385 } 5386 } 5387} 5388 5389void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5390 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5391 // or static is ill-formed. 5392 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5393 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5394 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5395 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5396 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 5397 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5398 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5399 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5400 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5401 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5402 5403 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5404 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5405 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5406 5407 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5408 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5409 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5410 } 5411 5412 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5413 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5414 5415 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5416 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5417 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5418 5419 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5420 5421 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5422 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5423 // getting shifty. 5424 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5425 HasExtraParameters = false; 5426 5427 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5428 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5429 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5430 nparams = 3; 5431 } 5432 5433 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5434 // if we had some location information about types. 5435 5436 QualType CharPP = 5437 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5438 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5439 5440 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5441 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5442 5443 bool mismatch = true; 5444 5445 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5446 mismatch = false; 5447 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5448 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5449 // char const ** 5450 // char const * const * 5451 // char * const * 5452 5453 QualifierCollector qs; 5454 const PointerType* PT; 5455 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5456 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5457 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5458 qs.removeConst(); 5459 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5460 } 5461 } 5462 5463 if (mismatch) { 5464 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5465 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5466 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5467 } 5468 } 5469 5470 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5471 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5472 } 5473 5474 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5475 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5476 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5477 } 5478} 5479 5480bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5481 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5482 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5483 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5484 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5485 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5486 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5487 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5488 // rules there don't matter.) 5489 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5490 return false; 5491 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5492 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5493 return true; 5494} 5495 5496namespace { 5497 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5498 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5499 class SelfReferenceChecker 5500 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5501 Sema &S; 5502 Decl *OrigDecl; 5503 bool isRecordType; 5504 bool isPODType; 5505 5506 public: 5507 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5508 5509 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5510 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5511 isPODType = false; 5512 isRecordType = false; 5513 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5514 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5515 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5516 } 5517 } 5518 5519 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5520 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5521 if (isRecordType) { 5522 Expr *expr = E; 5523 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5524 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5525 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5526 expr = ME->getBase(); 5527 } 5528 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5529 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5530 return; 5531 } 5532 } 5533 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5534 } 5535 5536 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5537 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 5538 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5539 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5540 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5541 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5542 return; 5543 } 5544 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5545 } 5546 5547 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5548 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5549 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5550 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5551 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5552 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5553 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5554 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5555 return; 5556 } 5557 } 5558 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5559 } 5560 5561 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 5562 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 5563 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 5564 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 5565 } 5566 5567 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 5568 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5569 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5570 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5571 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5572 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 5573 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5574 << Result.getLookupName() 5575 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5576 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 5577 } 5578 }; 5579} 5580 5581/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 5582void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 5583 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 5584} 5585 5586/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5587/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5588/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5589void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5590 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5591 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5592 // the initializer. 5593 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5594 return; 5595 5596 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5597 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5598 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5599 // by a dataflow analysis. 5600 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5601 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5602 } 5603 else { 5604 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5605 } 5606 5607 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5608 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5609 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5610 // Thus this grotesque test. 5611 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5612 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5613 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5614 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5615 else { 5616 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5617 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5618 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5619 } 5620 return; 5621 } 5622 5623 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5624 if (!VDecl) { 5625 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5626 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5627 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5628 return; 5629 } 5630 5631 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5632 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5633 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5634 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5635 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5636 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5637 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5638 if (!DeducedType) { 5639 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5640 return; 5641 } 5642 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5643 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5644 5645 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5646 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5647 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5648 5649 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5650 // the previously declared type. 5651 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5652 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5653 } 5654 5655 5656 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5657 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5658 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5659 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5660 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5661 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5662 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5663 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5664 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5665 return; 5666 } 5667 5668 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5669 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5670 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5671 AbstractVariableType)) 5672 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5673 5674 const VarDecl *Def; 5675 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5676 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5677 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5678 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5679 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5680 return; 5681 } 5682 5683 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5684 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5685 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5686 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5687 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5688 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5689 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5690 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5691 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5692 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5693 // 5694 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5695 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5696 // declaration with an initializer. 5697 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5698 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5699 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5700 return; 5701 } 5702 5703 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5704 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5705 5706 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5707 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5708 return; 5709 } 5710 } 5711 5712 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5713 // initialization. 5714 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5715 5716 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5717 InitializationKind Kind 5718 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5719 Init->getLocStart(), 5720 Init->getLocEnd()) 5721 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5722 Init->getLocStart()); 5723 5724 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5725 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5726 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5727 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5728 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5729 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5730 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5731 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5732 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5733 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5734 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5735 &DclT); 5736 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5737 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5738 return; 5739 } 5740 5741 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5742 5743 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5744 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5745 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5746 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5747 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5748 } 5749 } 5750 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5751 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5752 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5753 // 5754 // struct S { 5755 // static const int value = 17; 5756 // }; 5757 5758 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5759 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5760 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5761 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5762 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5763 &DclT); 5764 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5765 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5766 return; 5767 } 5768 5769 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5770 } 5771 5772 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5773 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5774 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5775 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5776 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5777 5778 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5779 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5780 5781 // Require constness. 5782 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5783 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5784 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5785 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5786 5787 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5788 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5789 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5790 SourceLocation Loc; 5791 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5792 ; // Nothing to check. 5793 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5794 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5795 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5796 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5797 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5798 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5799 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5800 } else { 5801 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5802 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5803 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5804 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5805 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5806 } 5807 5808 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5809 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5810 // implement fully. 5811 } else { 5812 bool Allowed = false; 5813 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5814 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5815 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5816 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5817 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5818 Allowed = true; 5819 } 5820 5821 if (!Allowed) { 5822 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5823 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5824 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5825 5826 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5827 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5828 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5829 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5830 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5831 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5832 } 5833 } 5834 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5835 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5836 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5837 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5838 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5839 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5840 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5841 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5842 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5843 &DclT); 5844 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5845 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5846 return; 5847 } 5848 5849 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5850 } 5851 5852 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5853 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5854 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5855 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5856 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5857 } 5858 } 5859 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5860 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5861 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5862 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5863 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5864 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5865 Init->setType(DclT); 5866 } 5867 5868 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5869 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5870 5871 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5872 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5873 5874 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5875 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5876 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5877 5878 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5879} 5880 5881/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5882/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5883/// of sanity. 5884void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5885 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5886 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5887 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5888 5889 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5890 if (!VD) return; 5891 5892 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5893 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5894 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5895 return; 5896 } 5897 5898 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5899 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5900 5901 // Require a complete type. 5902 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5903 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5904 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5905 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5906 return; 5907 } 5908 5909 // Require an abstract type. 5910 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5911 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5912 AbstractVariableType)) { 5913 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5914 return; 5915 } 5916 5917 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5918 // though. 5919} 5920 5921void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5922 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5923 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5924 if (RealDecl == 0) 5925 return; 5926 5927 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5928 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5929 5930 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5931 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5932 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5933 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5934 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5935 return; 5936 } 5937 5938 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5939 case VarDecl::Definition: 5940 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5941 break; 5942 5943 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5944 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5945 // a declaration. 5946 // 5947 // Fall through 5948 5949 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5950 // It's only a declaration. 5951 5952 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5953 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5954 // object shall be complete. 5955 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5956 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5957 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5958 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5959 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5960 5961 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5962 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5963 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5964 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5965 AbstractVariableType)) 5966 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5967 return; 5968 5969 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5970 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5971 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5972 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5973 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5974 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5975 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5976 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5977 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5978 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5979 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5980 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5981 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5982 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5983 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5984 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5985 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5986 // NOTE: code such as the following 5987 // static struct s; 5988 // struct s { int a; }; 5989 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5990 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5991 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5992 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5993 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5994 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5995 } 5996 } 5997 5998 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5999 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6000 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6001 return; 6002 } 6003 6004 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6005 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6006 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6007 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6008 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6009 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6010 return; 6011 } 6012 6013 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6014 // definitions with reference type. 6015 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6016 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6017 << Var->getDeclName() 6018 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6019 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6020 return; 6021 } 6022 6023 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6024 // variable with dependent type. 6025 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6026 return; 6027 6028 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6029 return; 6030 6031 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6032 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6033 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6034 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6035 return; 6036 } 6037 6038 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6039 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6040 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6041 AbstractVariableType)) { 6042 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6043 return; 6044 } 6045 6046 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6047 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6048 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6049 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 6050 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6051 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6052 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6053 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6054 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6055 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6056 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6057 if (const RecordType *Record 6058 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6059 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6060 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 6061 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 6062 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 6063 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 6064 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6065 } 6066 } 6067 6068 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6069 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6070 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6071 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6072 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6073 // type shall have a user-declared default 6074 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6075 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6076 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6077 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6078 // program is ill-formed. 6079 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6080 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6081 // default-initialized; [...]. 6082 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6083 InitializationKind Kind 6084 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6085 6086 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6087 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6088 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6089 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6090 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6091 else if (Init.get()) 6092 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6093 6094 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6095 } 6096} 6097 6098void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6099 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6100 if (!VD) { 6101 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6102 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6103 return; 6104 } 6105 6106 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6107 6108 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6109 int Error = -1; 6110 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6111 case SC_None: 6112 break; 6113 case SC_Extern: 6114 Error = 0; 6115 break; 6116 case SC_Static: 6117 Error = 1; 6118 break; 6119 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6120 Error = 2; 6121 break; 6122 case SC_Auto: 6123 Error = 3; 6124 break; 6125 case SC_Register: 6126 Error = 4; 6127 break; 6128 } 6129 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 6130 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 6131 // Error = 5; 6132 if (Error != -1) { 6133 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6134 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6135 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6136 } 6137} 6138 6139void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6140 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6141 6142 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6143 // local retaining variable. 6144 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6145 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6146 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6147 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6148 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6149 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6150 break; 6151 6152 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6153 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6154 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6155 break; 6156 } 6157 } 6158 6159 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6160 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6161 6162 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6163 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6164 6165 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6166 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6167 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6168 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6169 6170 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6171 // constructing this copy. 6172 QualType type = var->getType(); 6173 6174 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6175 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6176 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6177 ExprResult result = 6178 PerformCopyInitialization( 6179 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6180 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6181 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6182 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6183 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6184 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6185 } 6186 } 6187 } 6188 6189 // Check for global constructors. 6190 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 6191 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 6192 !var->isStaticLocal() && 6193 var->getInit() && 6194 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 6195 baseType->isReferenceType())) 6196 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6197 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6198 6199 // Require the destructor. 6200 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6201 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6202} 6203 6204/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6205/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6206void 6207Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6208 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6209 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6210} 6211 6212Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6213Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6214 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6215 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6216 6217 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6218 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6219 6220 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6221 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6222 Decls.push_back(D); 6223 6224 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6225 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6226} 6227 6228/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6229/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6230Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6231Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6232 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6233 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6234 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6235 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6236 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6237 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6238 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6239 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6240 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6241 QualType Deduced; 6242 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6243 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6244 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6245 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6246 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6247 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6248 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6249 break; 6250 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6251 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6252 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6253 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6254 Deduced = U; 6255 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6256 DeducedDecl = D; 6257 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6258 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6259 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6260 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6261 << U << D->getDeclName() 6262 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6263 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6264 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6265 break; 6266 } 6267 } 6268 } 6269 } 6270 } 6271 6272 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6273} 6274 6275 6276/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6277/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6278Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6279 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6280 6281 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6282 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6283 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6284 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6285 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6286 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6287 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6288 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6289 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6290 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6291 } 6292 6293 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6294 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6295 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6296 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6297 << 0; 6298 6299 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6300 6301 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6302 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6303 6304 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6305 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6306 // parameter. 6307 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6308 6309 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6310 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6311 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6312 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6313 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 // Ensure we have a valid name 6318 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6319 if (D.hasName()) { 6320 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6321 if (!II) { 6322 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6323 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6324 D.setInvalidType(true); 6325 } 6326 } 6327 6328 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6329 if (II) { 6330 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6331 ForRedeclaration); 6332 LookupName(R, S); 6333 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6334 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6335 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6336 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6337 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6338 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6339 PrevDecl = 0; 6340 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6341 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6342 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6343 6344 // Recover by removing the name 6345 II = 0; 6346 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6347 D.setInvalidType(true); 6348 } 6349 } 6350 } 6351 6352 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6353 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6354 // looking like class members in C++. 6355 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6356 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6357 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6358 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6359 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6360 6361 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6362 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6363 6364 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6365 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6366 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6367 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6368 6369 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6370 S->AddDecl(New); 6371 if (II) 6372 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6373 6374 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6375 6376 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 6377 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6378 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 6379 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6380 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6381 6382 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6383 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6384 } 6385 return New; 6386} 6387 6388/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6389/// typedef. 6390ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6391 SourceLocation Loc, 6392 QualType T) { 6393 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6394 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6395 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6396 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6397 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6398 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6399 Param->setImplicit(); 6400 return Param; 6401} 6402 6403void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6404 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6405 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6406 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6407 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6408 return; 6409 6410 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6411 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6412 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6413 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6414 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6415 } 6416 } 6417} 6418 6419void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6420 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6421 QualType ReturnTy, 6422 NamedDecl *D) { 6423 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6424 return; 6425 6426 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6427 // threshold. 6428 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6429 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6430 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6431 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6432 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6433 } 6434 6435 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6436 // threshold. 6437 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6438 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6439 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6440 continue; 6441 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6442 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6443 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6444 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6445 } 6446} 6447 6448ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6449 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6450 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6451 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6452 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6453 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6454 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6455 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6456 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6457 6458 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6459 6460 // Special cases for arrays: 6461 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6462 // - otherwise, it's an error 6463 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6464 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6465 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 6466 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6467 } 6468 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6469 } else { 6470 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6471 } 6472 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6473 } 6474 6475 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6476 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6477 TSInfo, 6478 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6479 0); 6480 6481 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6482 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6483 // the class has been completely parsed. 6484 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6485 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6486 AbstractParamType)) 6487 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6488 6489 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6490 // passed by reference. 6491 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6492 Diag(NameLoc, 6493 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 6494 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 6495 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6496 New->setType(T); 6497 } 6498 6499 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6500 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6501 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6502 // an address space. 6503 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6504 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6505 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6506 } 6507 6508 return New; 6509} 6510 6511void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6512 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6513 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6514 6515 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6516 // for a K&R function. 6517 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6518 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6519 --i; 6520 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6521 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6522 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6523 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6524 << ";\n"; 6525 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6526 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6527 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6528 6529 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6530 // type. 6531 AttributeFactory attrs; 6532 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6533 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6534 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6535 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6536 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6537 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6538 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6539 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6540 } 6541 } 6542 } 6543} 6544 6545Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6546 Declarator &D) { 6547 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6548 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6549 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6550 6551 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6552 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6553 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6554 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6555} 6556 6557static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6558 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6559 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6560 return false; 6561 6562 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6563 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6564 return false; 6565 6566 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6567 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6568 return false; 6569 6570 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6571 if (FD->isMain()) 6572 return false; 6573 6574 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6575 if (FD->isInlined()) 6576 return false; 6577 6578 // Don't warn about function templates. 6579 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6580 return false; 6581 6582 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6583 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6584 return false; 6585 6586 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6587 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6588 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6589 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6590 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6591 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6592 continue; 6593 6594 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6595 break; 6596 } 6597 6598 return MissingPrototype; 6599} 6600 6601void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6602 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6603 // was an extern inline function. 6604 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6605 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6606 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6607 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6608 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6609 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6610 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6611 else 6612 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6613 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6614 } 6615} 6616 6617Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6618 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6619 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6620 6621 if (!D) 6622 return D; 6623 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6624 6625 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6626 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6627 else 6628 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6629 6630 // Enter a new function scope 6631 PushFunctionScope(); 6632 6633 // See if this is a redefinition. 6634 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6635 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6636 6637 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6638 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6639 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6640 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6641 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6642 } 6643 } 6644 6645 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6646 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6647 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6648 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6649 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6650 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6651 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6652 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6653 6654 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6655 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6656 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6657 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6658 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6659 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6660 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6661 6662 if (FnBodyScope) 6663 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6664 6665 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6666 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6667 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6668 6669 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6670 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6671 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6672 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6673 6674 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6675 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6676 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6677 6678 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6679 } 6680 } 6681 6682 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6683 // dllimport attribute. 6684 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6685 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6686 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6687 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6688 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6689 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6690 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6691 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6692 << "dllimport"; 6693 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6694 return FD; 6695 } 6696 6697 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6698 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6699 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6700 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6701 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6702 // emitted. 6703 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6704 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6705 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6706 } 6707 } 6708 return FD; 6709} 6710 6711/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6712/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6713/// optimization. 6714/// 6715/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6716/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6717/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6718/// use the named return value optimization. 6719/// 6720/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6721/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6722/// the NRVO variable. 6723/// 6724/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6725/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6726/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6727void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6728 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6729 6730 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6731 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6732 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6733 return; 6734 6735 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6736 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6737 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6738 return; 6739 } 6740 6741 if (NRVOCandidate) 6742 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6743} 6744 6745Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6746 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6747} 6748 6749Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6750 bool IsInstantiation) { 6751 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6752 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6753 if (FunTmpl) 6754 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6755 else 6756 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6757 6758 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6759 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6760 6761 if (FD) { 6762 FD->setBody(Body); 6763 if (FD->isMain()) { 6764 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6765 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6766 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6767 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6768 } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 6769 // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return 6770 // statements. 6771 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6772 } 6773 6774 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6775 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6776 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6777 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6778 6779 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6780 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6781 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6782 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6783 6784 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6785 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6786 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6787 6788 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6789 } 6790 6791 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6792 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6793 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6794 MD->setBody(Body); 6795 if (Body) 6796 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6797 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6798 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6799 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6800 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6801 6802 if (Body) 6803 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6804 } 6805 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 6806 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 6807 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 6808 } 6809 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 6810 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 6811 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 6812 } 6813 } else { 6814 return 0; 6815 } 6816 6817 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 6818 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 6819 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 6820 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 6821 6822 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6823 if (Body) { 6824 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6825 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6826 // Verify this. 6827 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6828 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6829 6830 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6831 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6832 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6833 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6834 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6835 6836 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6837 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6838 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6839 6840 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6841 Destructor->getParent()); 6842 } 6843 6844 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6845 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6846 // deletion in some later function. 6847 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6848 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6849 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6850 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6851 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6852 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6853 // enabled. 6854 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6855 } 6856 6857 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6858 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6859 } 6860 6861 if (!IsInstantiation) 6862 PopDeclContext(); 6863 6864 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6865 6866 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6867 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6868 // deletion in some later function. 6869 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6870 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6871 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6872 } 6873 6874 return dcl; 6875} 6876 6877 6878/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 6879/// relevant Decl. 6880void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 6881 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 6882 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 6883} 6884 6885 6886/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6887/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6888NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6889 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6890 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6891 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6892 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6893 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6894 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6895 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 6896 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6897 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6898 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6899 return Pos->second; 6900 } 6901 6902 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6903 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6904 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6905 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6906 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6907 else 6908 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6909 6910 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6911 const char *Dummy; 6912 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6913 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6914 unsigned DiagID; 6915 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6916 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6917 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6918 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6919 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6920 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6921 SourceLocation(), 6922 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6923 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6924 DS.getAttributes(), 6925 SourceLocation()); 6926 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6927 6928 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6929 6930 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6931 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6932 6933 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6934 FD->setImplicit(); 6935 6936 CurContext = PrevDC; 6937 6938 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6939 6940 return FD; 6941} 6942 6943/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6944/// the declaration of this function. 6945/// 6946/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6947/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6948/// like NSLog or printf. 6949/// 6950/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6951/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6952void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6953 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6954 return; 6955 6956 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6957 // actual attributes. 6958 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6959 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6960 unsigned FormatIdx; 6961 bool HasVAListArg; 6962 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6963 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6964 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6965 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6966 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6967 } 6968 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6969 HasVAListArg)) { 6970 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6971 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6972 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6973 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6974 } 6975 6976 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6977 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6978 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6979 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6980 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6981 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6982 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6983 } 6984 6985 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6986 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6987 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6988 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6989 } 6990 6991 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6992 if (!Name) 6993 return; 6994 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6995 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6996 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6997 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6998 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6999 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7000 // about. 7001 } else 7002 return; 7003 7004 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 7005 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 7006 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7007 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 7008 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 7009 } else 7010 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7011 "printf", 1, 7012 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 7013 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7014 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7015 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7016 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7017 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7018 "printf", 2, 7019 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7020 } 7021} 7022 7023TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7024 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7025 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7026 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7027 7028 if (!TInfo) { 7029 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7030 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7031 } 7032 7033 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7034 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7035 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 7036 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7037 D.getIdentifier(), 7038 TInfo); 7039 7040 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7041 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7042 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7043 return NewTD; 7044 } 7045 7046 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7047 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7048 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7049 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7050 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7051 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7052 else 7053 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7054 } 7055 7056 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7057 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7058 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7059 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7060 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7061 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7062 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7063 case TST_enum: 7064 case TST_struct: 7065 case TST_union: 7066 case TST_class: { 7067 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7068 7069 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7070 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7071 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7072 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7073 7074 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7075 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7076 7077 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7078 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7079 break; 7080 7081 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7082 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7083 break; 7084 } 7085 7086 default: 7087 break; 7088 } 7089 7090 return NewTD; 7091} 7092 7093 7094/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7095/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7096/// 7097/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7098bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7099 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7100 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7101 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7102 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7103 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7104 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7105 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7106 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7107 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7108 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7109 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7110 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7111 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7112 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7113 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7114 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7115 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7116 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7117 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7118 return true; 7119 7120 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7121 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7122 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7123 bool isTemplate = false; 7124 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7125 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7126 7127 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7128 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7129 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7130 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7131 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7132 return true; 7133 } 7134 7135 if (isDefinition) { 7136 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7137 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7138 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7139 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7140 return true; 7141 } 7142 7143 bool previousMismatch = false; 7144 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7145 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7146 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7147 if (!previousMismatch) { 7148 previousMismatch = true; 7149 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7150 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7151 } 7152 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7153 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7154 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7155 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7156 "class" : "struct"); 7157 } 7158 } 7159 return true; 7160 } 7161 7162 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7163 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7164 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7165 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7166 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7167 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7168 return true; 7169 } 7170 7171 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7172 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7173 << isTemplate << &Name; 7174 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7175 7176 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7177 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7178 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7179 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7180 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7181 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7182 } 7183 7184 return true; 7185 } 7186 return false; 7187} 7188 7189/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7190/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7191/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7192/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7193Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7194 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7195 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7196 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7197 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7198 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7199 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7200 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7201 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7202 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7203 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7204 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7205 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7206 7207 OwnedDecl = false; 7208 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7209 7210 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7211 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7212 bool Invalid = false; 7213 7214 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7215 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7216 // for non-C++ cases. 7217 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7218 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7219 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7220 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7221 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7222 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7223 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7224 isExplicitSpecialization, 7225 Invalid)) { 7226 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7227 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7228 // be a member of another template). 7229 7230 if (Invalid) 7231 return 0; 7232 7233 OwnedDecl = false; 7234 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7235 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7236 TemplateParams, AS, 7237 ModulePrivateLoc, 7238 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7239 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7240 return Result.get(); 7241 } else { 7242 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7243 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7244 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7245 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7246 } 7247 } 7248 } 7249 7250 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7251 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7252 // redeclaration. 7253 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7254 7255 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7256 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7257 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7258 // type, default to int. 7259 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7260 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7261 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7262 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7263 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7264 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7265 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7266 7267 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7268 7269 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7270 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7271 << T; 7272 // Recover by falling back to int. 7273 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7274 } 7275 7276 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7277 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7278 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7279 7280 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7281 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7282 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7283 } 7284 7285 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7286 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7287 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7288 7289 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7290 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7291 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7292 7293 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7294 7295 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7296 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7297 7298 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7299 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7300 Name = 0; 7301 goto CreateNewDecl; 7302 } 7303 7304 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7305 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7306 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7307 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7308 if (!DC) { 7309 IsDependent = true; 7310 return 0; 7311 } 7312 } else { 7313 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7314 if (!DC) { 7315 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7316 << SS.getRange(); 7317 return 0; 7318 } 7319 } 7320 7321 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7322 return 0; 7323 7324 SearchDC = DC; 7325 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7326 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7327 7328 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7329 return 0; 7330 7331 if (Previous.empty()) { 7332 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7333 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7334 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7335 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7336 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7337 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7338 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7339 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7340 IsDependent = true; 7341 return 0; 7342 } 7343 7344 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7345 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7346 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7347 Name = 0; 7348 Invalid = true; 7349 goto CreateNewDecl; 7350 } 7351 } else if (Name) { 7352 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7353 // declaration or definition. 7354 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7355 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7356 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7357 LookupName(Previous, S); 7358 7359 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7360 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7361 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7362 while (F.hasNext()) { 7363 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7364 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7365 F.erase(); 7366 } 7367 F.done(); 7368 } 7369 7370 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7371 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7372 return 0; 7373 7374 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7375 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7376 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7377 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7378 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7379 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7380 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7381 } 7382 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7383 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7384 // initial context to the translation unit. 7385 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7386 } 7387 7388 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7389 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7390 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7391 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7392 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7393 Previous.clear(); 7394 } 7395 7396 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7397 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7398 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7399 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7400 7401 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7402 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7403 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7404 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7405 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7406 } 7407 } 7408 7409 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7410 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7411 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7412 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7413 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7414 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7415 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7416 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7417 7418 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7419 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7420 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7421 // 7422 // class-key identifier 7423 // 7424 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7425 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7426 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7427 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7428 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7429 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7430 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7431 // declaration. 7432 // 7433 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7434 // C structs and unions. 7435 // 7436 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7437 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7438 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7439 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7440 // 7441 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7442 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7443 // 7444 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7445 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7446 // lexical context, 7447 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7448 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7449 7450 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7451 while (S->isClassScope() || 7452 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7453 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7454 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7455 (S->getEntity() && 7456 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7457 S = S->getParent(); 7458 } else { 7459 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7460 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7461 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7462 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7463 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7464 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7465 } 7466 7467 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7468 // diagnose some problems. 7469 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7470 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7471 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7472 } 7473 } 7474 7475 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7476 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7477 7478 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7479 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7480 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7481 // in C++. 7482 // 7483 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7484 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7485 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7486 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7488 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7489 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7490 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7491 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7492 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7493 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7494 PrevDecl = Tag; 7495 Previous.clear(); 7496 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7497 Previous.resolveKind(); 7498 } 7499 } 7500 } 7501 } 7502 7503 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7504 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7505 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7506 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7507 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7508 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7509 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7510 // struct or something similar. 7511 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7512 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7513 *Name)) { 7514 bool SafeToContinue 7515 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7516 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7517 if (SafeToContinue) 7518 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7519 << Name 7520 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7521 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7522 else 7523 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7524 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7525 7526 if (SafeToContinue) 7527 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7528 else { 7529 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7530 Name = 0; 7531 Previous.clear(); 7532 Invalid = true; 7533 } 7534 } 7535 7536 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7537 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7538 7539 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7540 // returning the previous declaration. 7541 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7542 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7543 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7544 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7545 return PrevTagDecl; 7546 } 7547 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7548 QualType T; 7549 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7550 T = TI->getType(); 7551 else 7552 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7553 7554 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7555 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7556 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7557 << T 7558 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7559 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7560 return PrevTagDecl; 7561 } 7562 } 7563 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7564 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7565 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7566 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7567 return PrevTagDecl; 7568 } 7569 } 7570 7571 if (!Invalid) { 7572 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7573 7574 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7575 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7576 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7577 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7578 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7579 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7580 return PrevTagDecl; 7581 7582 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7583 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7584 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7585 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7586 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7587 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7588 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7589 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7590 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7591 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7592 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7593 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7594 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7595 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7596 // references get the previous definition. 7597 Name = 0; 7598 Previous.clear(); 7599 Invalid = true; 7600 } 7601 } else { 7602 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7603 // about a nested redefinition. 7604 const TagType *Tag 7605 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7606 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7607 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7608 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7609 diag::note_previous_definition); 7610 Name = 0; 7611 Previous.clear(); 7612 Invalid = true; 7613 } 7614 } 7615 7616 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7617 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7618 } 7619 } 7620 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7621 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7622 7623 } else { 7624 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7625 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7626 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7627 // have distinct types. 7628 Previous.clear(); 7629 } 7630 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7631 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7632 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7633 7634 7635 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7636 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7637 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7638 } else { 7639 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7640 7641 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7642 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7643 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7644 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7645 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7646 unsigned Kind = 0; 7647 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7648 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7649 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7650 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7651 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7652 Invalid = true; 7653 7654 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7655 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7656 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7657 // do nothing 7658 7659 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7660 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7661 unsigned Kind = 0; 7662 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7663 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7664 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7665 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7666 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7667 Invalid = true; 7668 7669 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7670 // case here. 7671 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7672 unsigned Kind = 0; 7673 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7674 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7675 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7676 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7677 Invalid = true; 7678 7679 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7680 } else { 7681 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7682 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7683 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7684 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7685 Name = 0; 7686 Invalid = true; 7687 } 7688 7689 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7690 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7691 Previous.clear(); 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695CreateNewDecl: 7696 7697 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7698 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7699 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7700 7701 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7702 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7703 // keyword. 7704 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7705 7706 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7707 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7708 // PrevDecl. 7709 TagDecl *New; 7710 7711 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7712 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7713 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7714 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7715 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7716 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7717 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7718 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7719 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7720 TagDecl *Def; 7721 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7722 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7723 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7724 } 7725 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7726 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7727 << New; 7728 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7729 } else { 7730 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7731 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7732 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7733 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7734 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7735 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7736 7737 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7738 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7739 // the declaration context. 7740 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7741 IsForwardReference = true; 7742 } 7743 } 7744 7745 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7746 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7747 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7748 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7749 else 7750 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7751 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7752 } 7753 7754 } else { 7755 // struct/union/class 7756 7757 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7758 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7760 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7761 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7762 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7763 7764 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7765 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7766 } else 7767 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7768 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7769 } 7770 7771 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7772 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7773 if (SS.isSet()) { 7774 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7775 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7776 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7777 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7778 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7779 } 7780 } 7781 else 7782 Invalid = true; 7783 } 7784 7785 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7786 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7787 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7788 // 7789 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7790 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7791 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7792 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7793 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7794 // parsing of the struct). 7795 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7796 7797 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7798 } 7799 7800 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isModulePrivate()) 7801 New->setModulePrivate(); 7802 else if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 7803 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 7804 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7805 << 2 7806 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7807 else if (PrevDecl && !PrevDecl->isModulePrivate()) 7808 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, PrevDecl, ModulePrivateLoc); 7809 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 7810 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 7811 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 7812 // foobar 7813 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7814 New->setModulePrivate(); 7815 } 7816 7817 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7818 // check the specialization. 7819 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7820 Invalid = true; 7821 7822 if (Invalid) 7823 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7824 7825 if (Attr) 7826 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7827 7828 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7829 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7830 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7831 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7832 7833 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7834 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7835 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7836 7837 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7838 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7839 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7840 // the tag name visible. 7841 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7842 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7843 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7844 7845 // Set the access specifier. 7846 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7847 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7848 7849 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7850 New->startDefinition(); 7851 7852 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7853 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7854 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7855 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7856 if (PrevDecl) 7857 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7858 7859 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7860 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7861 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7862 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7863 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7864 } else if (Name) { 7865 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7866 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7867 if (IsForwardReference) 7868 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7869 7870 } else { 7871 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7872 } 7873 7874 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7875 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7876 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7877 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7878 II->isStr("FILE")) 7879 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7880 7881 OwnedDecl = true; 7882 return New; 7883} 7884 7885void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7886 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7887 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7888 7889 // Enter the tag context. 7890 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7891} 7892 7893void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 7894 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 7895 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 7896 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 7897 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 7898 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 7899 CurContext = OCD; 7900} 7901 7902void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7903 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7904 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7905 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7906 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7907 7908 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7909 7910 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7911 return; 7912 7913 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7914 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7915 7916 // C++ [class]p2: 7917 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7918 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7919 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7920 // as if it were a public member name. 7921 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7922 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7923 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7924 Record->getIdentifier(), 7925 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7926 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7927 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7928 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7929 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7930 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7931 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7932 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7933 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7934 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7935} 7936 7937void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7938 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7939 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7940 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7941 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7942 7943 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7944 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7945 7946 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7947 PopDeclContext(); 7948 7949 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7950 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7951} 7952 7953void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 7954 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 7955 PopDeclContext(); 7956} 7957 7958void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7959 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7960 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7961 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7962 7963 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7964 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7965 // the FieldCollector. 7966 7967 PopDeclContext(); 7968} 7969 7970// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7971bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7972 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7973 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7974 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7975 if (ZeroWidth) 7976 *ZeroWidth = true; 7977 7978 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7979 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7980 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7981 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7982 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7983 return true; 7984 if (FieldName) 7985 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7986 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7987 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7988 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7989 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7990 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7991 return true; 7992 7993 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7994 // it now. 7995 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7996 return false; 7997 7998 llvm::APSInt Value; 7999 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 8000 return true; 8001 8002 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8003 *ZeroWidth = false; 8004 8005 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8006 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8007 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8008 8009 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8010 if (FieldName) 8011 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8012 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 8013 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8014 << Value.toString(10); 8015 } 8016 8017 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 8018 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 8019 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 8020 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8021 if (FieldName) 8022 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8023 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8024 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8025 8026 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8027 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8028 } 8029 8030 if (FieldName) 8031 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8032 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8033 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8034 else 8035 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8036 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8037 } 8038 } 8039 8040 return false; 8041} 8042 8043/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8044/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8045Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8046 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8047 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8048 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8049 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8050 return Res; 8051} 8052 8053/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8054/// 8055FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8056 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8057 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8058 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8059 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8060 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8061 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8062 8063 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8064 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8065 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8066 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8067 8068 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8069 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8070 D.setInvalidType(); 8071 T = Context.IntTy; 8072 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8073 } 8074 } 8075 8076 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8077 8078 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8079 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8080 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8082 << 2; 8083 8084 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8085 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8086 LookupName(Previous, S); 8087 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 8088 Previous.isSingleResult()) 8089 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 8090 8091 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 8092 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 8093 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8094 8095 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8096 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8097 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8098 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8099 PrevDecl = 0; 8100 } 8101 8102 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8103 PrevDecl = 0; 8104 8105 bool Mutable 8106 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8107 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8108 FieldDecl *NewFD 8109 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8110 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8111 8112 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8113 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8114 8115 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8116 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8117 8118 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8119 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8120 // with the same name in the same scope. 8121 } else if (II) { 8122 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8123 } else 8124 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8125 8126 return NewFD; 8127} 8128 8129/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8130/// 8131/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8132/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8133/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8134/// created. 8135/// 8136/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8137/// 8138/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8139FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8140 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8141 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8142 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8143 SourceLocation TSSL, 8144 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8145 Declarator *D) { 8146 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8147 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8148 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8149 8150 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8151 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8152 if (T.isNull()) { 8153 InvalidDecl = true; 8154 T = Context.IntTy; 8155 } 8156 8157 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8158 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8159 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8160 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8161 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8162 InvalidDecl = true; 8163 } 8164 8165 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8166 // than a variably modified type. 8167 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8168 bool SizeIsNegative; 8169 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8170 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8171 SizeIsNegative, 8172 Oversized); 8173 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8174 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8175 T = FixedTy; 8176 } else { 8177 if (SizeIsNegative) 8178 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8179 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8180 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8181 << Oversized.toString(10); 8182 else 8183 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8184 InvalidDecl = true; 8185 } 8186 } 8187 8188 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8189 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8190 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8191 AbstractFieldType)) 8192 InvalidDecl = true; 8193 8194 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8195 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8196 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 8197 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 8198 InvalidDecl = true; 8199 BitWidth = 0; 8200 ZeroWidth = false; 8201 } 8202 8203 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8204 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8205 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8206 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8207 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8208 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8209 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8210 8211 if (DiagID) { 8212 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8213 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8214 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8215 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8216 Mutable = false; 8217 InvalidDecl = true; 8218 } 8219 } 8220 8221 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8222 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8223 if (InvalidDecl) 8224 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8225 8226 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8227 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8228 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8229 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8230 } 8231 8232 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8233 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8234 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8235 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8236 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8237 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8238 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8239 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8240 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8241 // objects. 8242 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8243 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8244 } 8245 } 8246 8247 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8248 // the program is ill-formed. 8249 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8250 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8251 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8252 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8253 } 8254 } 8255 } 8256 8257 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8258 // representation, not a parser representation. 8259 if (D) 8260 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8261 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8262 8263 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8264 // retainable type. 8265 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8266 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8267 8268 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8269 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8270 8271 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8272 return NewFD; 8273} 8274 8275bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8276 assert(FD); 8277 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8278 8279 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8280 return true; 8281 8282 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8283 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8284 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8285 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8286 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8287 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8288 // copy constructors. 8289 8290 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8291 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8292 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8293 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8294 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8295 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8296 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8297 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8298 member = CXXDestructor; 8299 8300 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8301 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8302 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8303 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8304 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8305 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8306 // members unavailable. 8307 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8308 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8309 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8310 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8311 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8312 return false; 8313 } 8314 } 8315 8316 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8317 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8318 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8319 return true; 8320 } 8321 } 8322 } 8323 8324 return false; 8325} 8326 8327/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8328/// special member, figure out why. 8329void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8330 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8331 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8332 8333 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8334 switch (member) { 8335 case CXXInvalid: 8336 break; 8337 8338 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8339 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8340 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8341 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 8342 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 8343 ci->hasBody(body); 8344 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 8345 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 8346 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8347 return; 8348 } 8349 } 8350 8351 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 8352 return; 8353 } 8354 break; 8355 8356 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8357 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8358 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8359 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8360 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8361 return; 8362 } 8363 break; 8364 8365 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8366 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8367 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8368 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8369 return; 8370 } 8371 break; 8372 8373 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8374 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8375 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8376 // assignment, not the type. 8377 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8378 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8379 return; 8380 } 8381 break; 8382 8383 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8384 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8385 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8386 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8387 return; 8388 } 8389 break; 8390 8391 case CXXDestructor: 8392 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8393 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8394 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8395 return; 8396 } 8397 break; 8398 } 8399 8400 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8401 8402 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8403 // but not trivial destruction. 8404 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8405 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8406 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8407 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8408 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8409 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8410 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8411 return; 8412 } 8413 8414 // Check for virtual methods. 8415 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8416 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8417 ++mi) { 8418 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8419 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8420 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8421 return; 8422 } 8423 } 8424 } 8425 8426 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8427 switch (member) { 8428 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8429 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8430 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8431 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8432 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8433 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8434 case CXXDestructor: 8435 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8436 default: 8437 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8438 } 8439 8440 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8441 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8442 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8443 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8444 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8445 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8446 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8447 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8448 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8449 return; 8450 } 8451 } 8452 8453 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8454 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8455 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8456 ++fi) { 8457 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8458 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8459 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8460 8461 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8462 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8463 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8464 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8465 return; 8466 } 8467 } 8468 8469 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8470 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8471 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8472 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8473 break; 8474 8475 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8476 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8477 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8478 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8479 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8480 return; 8481 } 8482 } 8483 } 8484 8485 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8486} 8487 8488/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8489/// AST enum value. 8490static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8491TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8492 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8493 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8494 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8495 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8496 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8497 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8498 } 8499} 8500 8501/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8502/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8503Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8504 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8505 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 8506 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8507 8508 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8509 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8510 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8511 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8512 8513 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8514 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8515 8516 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8517 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8518 8519 if (BitWidth) { 8520 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8521 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8522 D.setInvalidType(); 8523 BitWidth = 0; 8524 } 8525 } else { 8526 // Not a bitfield. 8527 8528 // validate II. 8529 8530 } 8531 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8532 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8533 D.setInvalidType(); 8534 } 8535 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8536 // than a variably modified type. 8537 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8538 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8539 D.setInvalidType(); 8540 } 8541 8542 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8543 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8544 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8545 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8546 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8547 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 8548 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8549 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8550 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8551 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8552 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8553 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8554 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8555 } 8556 else 8557 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8558 } else { 8559 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8560 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8561 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8563 return 0; 8564 } 8565 } 8566 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8567 } 8568 8569 // Construct the decl. 8570 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8571 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8572 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8573 8574 if (II) { 8575 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8576 ForRedeclaration); 8577 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8578 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8580 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8581 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8582 } 8583 } 8584 8585 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8586 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8587 8588 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8589 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8590 8591 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8592 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8593 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8594 8595 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8596 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 8597 8598 if (II) { 8599 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8600 // these to the interface. 8601 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8602 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8603 } 8604 8605 return NewID; 8606} 8607 8608/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8609/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8610/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8611/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8612void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 8613 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8614 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8615 return; 8616 8617 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8618 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8619 8620 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8621 return; 8622 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8623 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8624 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8625 return; 8626 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 8627 if (!ID) { 8628 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 8629 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8630 return; 8631 } 8632 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8633 else 8634 return; 8635 } 8636 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8637 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 8638 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 8639 8640 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 8641 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8642 Context.CharTy, 8643 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 8644 DeclLoc), 8645 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8646 true); 8647 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8648} 8649 8650void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8651 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8652 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8653 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8654 AttributeList *Attr) { 8655 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8656 8657 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8658 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8659 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8660 return; 8661 8662 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8663 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8664 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8665 8666 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8667 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8668 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8669 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8670 8671 // Get the type for the field. 8672 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8673 8674 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8675 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8676 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8677 } 8678 8679 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8680 // diagnostics about it. 8681 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8682 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8683 continue; 8684 } 8685 8686 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8687 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8688 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8689 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8690 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8691 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8692 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8693 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8694 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8695 // array. 8696 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8697 // Field declared as a function. 8698 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8699 << FD->getDeclName(); 8700 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8701 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8702 continue; 8703 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8704 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8705 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8706 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8707 // Flexible array member. 8708 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8709 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8710 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8711 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8712 if (Record->isUnion()) 8713 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8714 << FD->getDeclName(); 8715 else if (NumFields == 1) 8716 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8717 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8718 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8719 if (Record->isUnion()) 8720 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8721 << FD->getDeclName(); 8722 else if (NumFields == 1) 8723 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8724 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8725 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8726 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8727 << FD->getDeclName(); 8728 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8729 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8730 continue; 8731 } 8732 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8733 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8734 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8735 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8736 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8737 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8738 continue; 8739 } 8740 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8741 if (Record) 8742 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8743 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8744 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8745 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8746 // Incomplete type 8747 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8748 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8749 continue; 8750 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8751 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8752 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8753 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8754 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8755 } else { 8756 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8757 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8758 // structures. 8759 if (i != NumFields-1) 8760 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8761 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8762 else { 8763 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8764 // other structs as an extension. 8765 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8766 << FD->getDeclName(); 8767 if (Record) 8768 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8769 } 8770 } 8771 } 8772 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8773 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8774 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8775 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8776 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 8777 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 8778 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 8779 FD->setType(T); 8780 } 8781 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8782 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8783 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8784 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8785 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8786 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8787 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8788 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8789 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8790 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8791 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8792 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8793 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8794 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8795 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8796 } 8797 } else { 8798 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8799 } 8800 ARCErrReported = true; 8801 } 8802 } 8803 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8804 getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8805 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8806 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8807 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8808 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8809 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8810 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8811 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8812 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8813 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8814 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8815 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8816 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8817 } 8818 } 8819 } 8820 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8821 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8822 ++NumNamedMembers; 8823 } 8824 8825 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8826 if (Record) { 8827 bool Completed = false; 8828 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8829 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8830 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8831 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8832 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8833 I != E; ++I) 8834 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8835 8836 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8837 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8838 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8839 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8840 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8841 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8842 // 8843 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8844 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8845 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8846 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8847 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8848 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8849 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8850 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8851 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8852 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8853 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8854 << CXXRecord; 8855 } else { 8856 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8857 // for them is going to be tricky. 8858 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8859 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8860 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8861 << CXXRecord << 0; 8862 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8863 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8864 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8865 << CXXRecord << 1; 8866 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8867 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8868 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8869 << CXXRecord << 2; 8870 } 8871 } 8872 8873 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8874 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8875 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8876 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8877 8878 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8879 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8880 8881 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8882 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8883 // problem now. 8884 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8885 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8886 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8887 8888 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8889 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8890 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8891 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8892 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8893 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8894 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8895 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8896 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8897 continue; 8898 8899 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8900 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8901 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8902 // program is ill-formed. 8903 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8904 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8905 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8906 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8907 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8908 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8909 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8910 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8911 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8912 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8913 8914 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8915 } 8916 } 8917 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8918 Completed = true; 8919 } 8920 } 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 if (!Completed) 8925 Record->completeDefinition(); 8926 8927 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8928 // we were missing. 8929 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8930 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8931 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8932 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8933 break; 8934 8935 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8936 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8937 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8938 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8939 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8940 } 8941 8942 } else { 8943 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8944 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8945 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8946 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8947 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8948 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8949 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8950 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8951 } 8952 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8953 // duplicates. 8954 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8955 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8956 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8957 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8958 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8959 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8960 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8961 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8962 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8963 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8964 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8965 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8966 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8967 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8968 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8969 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8970 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8971 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8972 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8973 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8974 } 8975 } 8976 } 8977 8978 if (Attr) 8979 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8980 8981 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8982 // set the visibility of this record. 8983 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8984 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8985} 8986 8987/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8988/// the given type T. 8989static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8990 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8991 QualType T) { 8992 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8993 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8994 8995 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8996 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8997 --BitWidth; 8998 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8999 } 9000 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 9001} 9002 9003// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 9004// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 9005static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 9006 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 9007 // enum checking below. 9008 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9009 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 9010 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9011 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 9012 }; 9013 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9014 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 9015 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 9016 }; 9017 9018 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 9019 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 9020 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 9021 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 9022 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 9023 return Types[I]; 9024 9025 return QualType(); 9026} 9027 9028EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 9029 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9030 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9031 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9032 Expr *Val) { 9033 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9034 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9035 QualType EltTy; 9036 9037 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9038 Val = 0; 9039 9040 if (Val) { 9041 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9042 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9043 else { 9044 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9045 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9046 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9047 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 9048 Val = 0; 9049 } else { 9050 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9051 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9052 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9053 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9054 // representable as an int. 9055 9056 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9057 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9058 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9059 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9060 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9061 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9062 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9063 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9064 } 9065 } 9066 9067 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9068 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9069 9070 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9071 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 9072 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 9073 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9074 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 9075 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9076 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9077 } else 9078 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 9079 << EltTy; 9080 } else 9081 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9082 } 9083 else { 9084 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9085 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9086 // is the type of its initializing value: 9087 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9088 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9089 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9090 } 9091 } 9092 } 9093 } 9094 9095 if (!Val) { 9096 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9097 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9098 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9099 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9100 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9101 // is the type of its initializing value: 9102 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9103 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9104 // 9105 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9106 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 9107 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9108 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9109 } 9110 else { 9111 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 9112 } 9113 } else { 9114 // Assign the last value + 1. 9115 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9116 ++EnumVal; 9117 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 9118 9119 // Check for overflow on increment. 9120 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 9121 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9122 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9123 // is the type of its initializing value: 9124 // 9125 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 9126 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 9127 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 9128 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 9129 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 9130 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 9131 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 9132 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 9133 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 9134 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 9135 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9136 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 9137 ++EnumVal; 9138 if (Enum->isFixed()) 9139 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 9140 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 9141 << EnumVal.toString(10) 9142 << EltTy; 9143 else 9144 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9145 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9146 } else { 9147 EltTy = T; 9148 } 9149 9150 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9151 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9152 // value, then increment. 9153 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9154 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9155 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9156 ++EnumVal; 9157 9158 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9159 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9160 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9161 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9162 // integral type. 9163 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9164 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9165 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9166 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9167 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9168 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9169 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9170 } 9171 } 9172 } 9173 9174 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9175 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9176 // enumerator's type. 9177 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9178 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9179 } 9180 9181 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9182 Val, EnumVal); 9183} 9184 9185 9186Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9187 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9188 AttributeList *Attr, 9189 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *val) { 9190 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9191 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9192 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9193 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 9194 9195 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9196 // we find one that is. 9197 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9198 9199 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9200 // scope. 9201 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9202 ForRedeclaration); 9203 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9204 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9205 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9206 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9207 PrevDecl = 0; 9208 } 9209 9210 if (PrevDecl) { 9211 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9212 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9213 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9214 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9215 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9216 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9217 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9218 else 9219 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9220 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9221 return 0; 9222 } 9223 } 9224 9225 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9226 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9227 // name different from T: 9228 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9229 // type 9230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9231 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9232 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9233 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9234 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9235 9236 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9237 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9238 9239 if (New) { 9240 // Process attributes. 9241 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9242 9243 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9244 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9245 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9246 } 9247 9248 return New; 9249} 9250 9251void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9252 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9253 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9254 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9255 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9256 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9257 9258 if (Attr) 9259 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9260 9261 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9262 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9263 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9264 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9265 if (!ECD) continue; 9266 9267 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9268 } 9269 9270 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9271 return; 9272 } 9273 9274 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9275 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9276 // emit a warning. 9277 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9278 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 9279 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 9280 9281 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9282 // reverse the list. 9283 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9284 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9285 9286 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9287 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9288 9289 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9290 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9291 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9292 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9293 9294 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9295 9296 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9297 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9298 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9299 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9300 else 9301 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9302 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9303 9304 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9305 if (AllElementsInt) 9306 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9307 } 9308 9309 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9310 QualType BestType; 9311 unsigned BestWidth; 9312 9313 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9314 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9315 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9316 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9317 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9318 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9319 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9320 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9321 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9322 QualType BestPromotionType; 9323 9324 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 9325 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 9326 // enum definitions. 9327 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 9328 Packed = true; 9329 9330 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9331 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9332 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 9333 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 9334 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 9335 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9336 } 9337 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 9338 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 9339 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 9340 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9341 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 9342 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 9343 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9344 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 9345 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 9346 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 9347 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9348 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 9349 BestType = Context.IntTy; 9350 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9351 } else { 9352 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 9353 9354 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 9355 BestType = Context.LongTy; 9356 } else { 9357 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9358 9359 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 9360 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 9361 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 9362 } 9363 } 9364 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 9365 } else { 9366 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 9367 // all of the enumerator values. 9368 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9369 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9370 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9371 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9372 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9373 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 9374 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 9375 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9376 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9377 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 9378 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 9379 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9380 BestPromotionType 9381 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9382 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 9383 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 9384 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 9385 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 9386 BestPromotionType 9387 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9388 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 9389 } else { 9390 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9391 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 9392 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 9393 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 9394 BestPromotionType 9395 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9396 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 9397 } 9398 } 9399 9400 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9401 // the type of the enum if needed. 9402 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9403 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9404 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9405 9406 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9407 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9408 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9409 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9410 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9411 9412 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9413 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9414 9415 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9416 // the enum decl type. 9417 QualType NewTy; 9418 unsigned NewWidth; 9419 bool NewSign; 9420 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9421 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9422 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9423 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9424 NewSign = true; 9425 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9426 // Already the right type! 9427 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9428 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9429 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9430 // enumeration. 9431 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9432 continue; 9433 } else { 9434 NewTy = BestType; 9435 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9436 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9437 } 9438 9439 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9440 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9441 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9442 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9443 9444 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9445 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9446 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9447 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9448 CK_IntegralCast, 9449 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9450 /*base paths*/ 0, 9451 VK_RValue)); 9452 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9453 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9454 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9455 // enumeration. 9456 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9457 else 9458 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9459 } 9460 9461 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9462 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9463} 9464 9465Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9466 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9467 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9468 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9469 9470 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9471 AsmString, StartLoc, 9472 EndLoc); 9473 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9474 return New; 9475} 9476 9477DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, 9478 IdentifierInfo &ModuleName, 9479 SourceLocation ModuleNameLoc) { 9480 ModuleKey Module = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, 9481 ModuleName, ModuleNameLoc); 9482 if (!Module) 9483 return true; 9484 9485 // FIXME: Actually create a declaration to describe the module import. 9486 (void)Module; 9487 return DeclResult((Decl *)0); 9488} 9489 9490void 9491Sema::diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old, 9492 SourceLocation ModulePrivateKeyword) { 9493 assert(!Old->isModulePrivate() && "Old is module-private!"); 9494 9495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_follows_public) 9496 << New->getDeclName() << SourceRange(ModulePrivateKeyword); 9497 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 9498 << Old->getDeclName(); 9499 9500 // Drop the __module_private__ from the new declaration, since it's invalid. 9501 New->setModulePrivate(false); 9502} 9503 9504void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9505 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9506 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9507 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9508 9509 if (PrevDecl) { 9510 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9511 } else { 9512 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9513 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9514 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9515 } 9516} 9517 9518void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9519 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9520 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9521 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9522 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9523 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9524 LookupOrdinaryName); 9525 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9526 9527 if (PrevDecl) { 9528 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9529 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9530 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9531 } else { 9532 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9533 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9534 } 9535} 9536 9537Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 9538 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 9539} 9540